Document:

Exhibit 4.1

  
 Exhibit 4.1 

 

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 among 
  
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·] 
 as the Issuer, 
  
 CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 not in its individual capacity but 
 solely as
the Eligible Lender Trustee 
  
 and 
  
 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 not in its individual capacity but 
 solely as
the Indenture Trustee 
  
 Dated as of [·] 
  

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE I
 Definitions and Usage

			
	 SECTION 1.1
	  	Definitions and Usage	  	2
	 SECTION 1.2
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	2
	
	 ARTICLE II
 The Notes

			
	 SECTION 2.1
	  	Form	  	3
	 SECTION 2.2
	  	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	  	4
	 SECTION 2.3
	  	Temporary Notes	  	5
	 SECTION 2.4
	  	Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange	  	5
	 SECTION 2.5
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	7
	 SECTION 2.6
	  	Persons Deemed Owner	  	8
	 SECTION 2.7
	  	Payment of Principal and Interest; Note Interest Shortfall	  	8
	 SECTION 2.8
	  	Cancellation	  	9
	 SECTION 2.9
	  	Release of Collateral	  	9
	 SECTION 2.10
	  	Book-Entry Notes	  	9
	 SECTION 2.11
	  	Notices to Clearing Agency	  	10
	 SECTION 2.12
	  	Definitive Notes	  	10
	
	 ARTICLE III
 Covenants

			
	 SECTION 3.1
	  	Payment to Noteholders and each Swap Counterparty	  	11
	 SECTION 3.2
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	12
	 SECTION 3.3
	  	Money for Payments to be Held in Trust	  	12
	 SECTION 3.4
	  	Existence	  	13
	 SECTION 3.5
	  	Protection of Indenture Trust Estate	  	14
	 SECTION 3.6
	  	Opinions as to Indenture Trust Estate	  	14
	 SECTION 3.7
	  	Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Trust Student Loans	  	14
	 SECTION 3.8
	  	Negative Covenants	  	17
	 SECTION 3.9
	  	Annual Statement as to Compliance	  	18
	 SECTION 3.10
	  	Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms	  	18
	 SECTION 3.11
	  	Successor or Transferee	  	19
	 SECTION 3.12
	  	No Other Business	  	20
	 SECTION 3.13
	  	No Borrowing	  	20
	 SECTION 3.14
	  	Obligations of Servicer and Administrator	  	20
	 SECTION 3.15
	  	Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities	  	20
	 SECTION 3.16
	  	Capital Expenditures	  	20
	 SECTION 3.17
	  	Restricted Payments	  	20
	 SECTION 3.18
	  	Notice of Events of Default	  	21
	 SECTION 3.19
	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	21

  

 i 

					
	 ARTICLE IV
 Satisfaction and Discharge

			
	 SECTION 4.1
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	21
	 SECTION 4.2
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	22
	 SECTION 4.3
	  	Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent	  	22
	 SECTION 4.4
	  	Auction of Trust Student Loans	  	22
	
	 ARTICLE V
 Remedies

			
	 SECTION 5.1
	  	Events of Default	  	23
	 SECTION 5.2
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	24
	 SECTION 5.3
	  	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee	  	25
	 SECTION 5.4
	  	Remedies; Priorities	  	27
	 SECTION 5.5
	  	Optional Preservation of the Trust Student Loans	  	30
	 SECTION 5.6
	  	Limitation of Suits	  	31
	 SECTION 5.7
	  	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest	  	31
	 SECTION 5.8
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	32
	 SECTION 5.9
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	32
	 SECTION 5.10
	  	Delay or Omission Not a Waiver	  	32
	 SECTION 5.11
	  	Control by Noteholders	  	32
	 SECTION 5.12
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	33
	 SECTION 5.13
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	33
	 SECTION 5.14
	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	33
	 SECTION 5.15
	  	Action on Notes	  	33
	 SECTION 5.16
	  	Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations	  	34
	
	 ARTICLE VI
 The Indenture Trustee

			
	 SECTION 6.1
	  	Duties of Indenture Trustee	  	34
	 SECTION 6.2
	  	Rights of Indenture Trustee	  	36
	 SECTION 6.3
	  	Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee	  	36
	 SECTION 6.4
	  	Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	36
	 SECTION 6.5
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	36
	 SECTION 6.6
	  	Reports by Indenture Trustee to Noteholders	  	37
	 SECTION 6.7
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	37
	 SECTION 6.8
	  	Replacement of Indenture Trustee	  	38
	 SECTION 6.9
	  	Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger	  	39
	 SECTION 6.10
	  	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	  	39
	 SECTION 6.11
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	40
	 SECTION 6.12
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	40

  

 ii 

					
	 ARTICLE VII
 Noteholders’ Lists and Reports

			
	 SECTION 7.1
	  	Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders	  	41
	 SECTION 7.2
	  	Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders	  	41
	 SECTION 7.3
	  	Reports by Issuer	  	42
	
	 ARTICLE VIII
 Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

			
	 SECTION 8.1
	  	Collection of Money	  	42
	 SECTION 8.2
	  	Trust Accounts	  	42
	 SECTION 8.3
	  	General Provisions Regarding Accounts	  	43
	 SECTION 8.4
	  	Release of Indenture Trust Estate	  	43
	 SECTION 8.5
	  	Opinion of Counsel	  	44
		
	 ARTICLE IX
 Supplemental Indentures
	  	 
			
	 SECTION 9.1
	  	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders	  	44
	 SECTION 9.2
	  	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders	  	45
	 SECTION 9.3
	  	Execution of Supplemental Indentures	  	47
	 SECTION 9.4
	  	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	  	47
	 SECTION 9.5
	  	Conformity with Trust Indenture Act	  	47
	 SECTION 9.6
	  	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	  	47
	
	 ARTICLE X
 Redemption of Notes

			
	 SECTION 10.1
	  	Redemption	  	48
	 SECTION 10.2
	  	Form of Redemption Notice	  	48
	 SECTION 10.3
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	48
	
	 ARTICLE XI
 Miscellaneous

			
	 SECTION 11.1
	  	Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc	  	49
	 SECTION 11.2
	  	Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee	  	50
	 SECTION 11.3
	  	Acts of Noteholders	  	51
	 SECTION 11.4
	  	Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies	  	52
	 SECTION 11.5
	  	Notices to Noteholders; Waiver	  	52
	 SECTION 11.6
	  	Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions	  	53
	 SECTION 11.7
	  	Conflict with Trust Indenture Act	  	53
	 SECTION 11.8
	  	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	53
	 SECTION 11.9
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	53
	 SECTION 11.10
	  	Separability	  	54
	 SECTION 11.11
	  	Benefits of Indenture	  	54

  

 iii 

					
	 SECTION 11.12
	  	Legal Holidays	  	54
	 SECTION 11.13
	  	Governing Law	  	54
	 SECTION 11.14
	  	Counterparts	  	54
	 SECTION 11.15
	  	Recording of Indenture	  	54
	 SECTION 11.16
	  	Trust Obligations	  	55
	 SECTION 11.17
	  	No Petition	  	55
	 SECTION 11.18
	  	Inspection	  	55
	 SECTION 11.19
	  	Subordination	  	55

  

 iv 

  
 APPENDICES, SCHEDULES AND
EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 APPENDIX A-1
	  	Definitions and Usage
	 APPENDIX A-2
	  	Reset Rate Note Procedures
		
	 SCHEDULE A
	  	Schedule of Trust Student Loans
	 SCHEDULE B
	  	Location of Trust Student Loan Files
		
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Forms of Notes
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of Note Depository Agreement for U.S. Dollar Denominated Notes
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Form of Note Depository Agreement for Notes Denominated in a Currency Other than U.S. Dollars

  

 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of [·], among SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·], a Delaware statutory trust (the “Issuer”), CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as eligible lender trustee on behalf of the Issuer (the “Eligible Lender Trustee”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York
banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as indenture trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”). 
  
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Issuer’s Student
Loan-Backed Notes (the “Notes”) and, after the Notes have been paid in full, for the benefit of any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty: 
  
 GRANTING CLAUSE 
  
 The Issuer and, with respect to the Trust Student Loans, the Eligible Lender Trustee hereby Grant to the Indenture Trustee, as trustee for the benefit of
the Noteholders and, subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, effective as of the Closing Date all of their right, title and interest in and to the following: 
  
 (a) the Trust Student Loans, and all obligations of the Obligors thereunder
including all moneys accrued and paid thereunder on or after the Cutoff Date and all guaranties and other rights relating to the Trust Student Loans; 
  
 (b) the Servicing Agreement, including the right of the Issuer to cause the Servicer to purchase Trust Student Loans from the Issuer under circumstances
described therein; 
  
 (c) the Sale Agreement, including the right
of the Issuer to cause the Depositor to repurchase Trust Student Loans from the Issuer under the circumstances described therein and including the rights of the Depositor under the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (d) the Purchase Agreement, to the extent that the rights of the Depositor
thereunder have been assigned to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement, including the right of the Depositor to cause SLMA to repurchase Trust Student Loans from the Depositor under the circumstances described therein; 
  
 (e) the Administration Agreement, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, the
Remarketing Agreement, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement and any other Swap Agreement to be entered into from time to time and any agreement representing Eligible Repurchase Obligations between the Trust and an Eligible Repo Counterparty to
be entered into from time to time; 
  
 (f) each Guarantee
Agreement, including the right of the Issuer to cause the related Guarantor to make Guarantee Payments in respect of the Trust Student Loans; 
  
 (g) the Trust Accounts and all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts, including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit and the Capitalized
Interest Account Initial Deposit, if any, and all investments and proceeds thereof (including all income thereon); and 
  

 (h) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the
foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash
proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, general intangibles, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and
receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). 
  
 The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in
respect of, the Notes, equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, to secure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture and to secure amounts owing to any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty under the related Cross-Currency
Swap Agreement subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, all as provided in this Indenture. 
  
 The Indenture Trustee, as indenture trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that the interests of the Noteholders and each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty under the related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement may be
adequately and effectively protected. 
  
 ARTICLE I

  
 Definitions and Usage 
  
 SECTION 1.1 Definitions and Usage. Except as otherwise specified
herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Appendix A-1 to this Indenture, which also contains rules as to usage that shall be applicable herein. 
  
 SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 

 
 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 
  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Indenture Trustee. 
  

 2 

 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture
securities. 
  
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that
are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions. 
  
 ARTICLE II 
  
 The Notes 
  
 SECTION 2.1 Form. The Notes, together with the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibit A, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing the
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note. 
  
 The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved
or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 
  
 The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this
Indenture. 
  
 Each class of Floating Rate Notes will be
represented by interests in a book-entry note certificate deposited on the Closing Date with Deutsche Bank London AG, as custodian for DTC (the “DTC Custodian”), and registered in the name of Cede & Co. as initial nominee for DTC.

  
 The Reset Rate Notes denominated in U.S. Dollars may be
offered and sold only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or to a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S, as applicable. On the Closing Date, the entire Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate
Notes will be represented by interests in a global registered note certificate (the “U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate”), deposited on the Closing Date with the DTC Custodian and registered in the name of Cede & Co. as initial
nominee for DTC. On the Closing Date, a corresponding Non-U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate (as defined below) and Regulation S Global Note Certificate (as defined below) for the Reset Rate Notes will be deposited with the Regulation S
Custodian (as defined below), registered in the name of Deutsche Bank London AG Depository (Nominees) Limited, as initial joint nominee for Euroclear and Clearstream (the “Joint Nominee”). Transfers of interest among the U.S. Rule 144A
Global Note Certificate, the Non-U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate and the Regulation S Global Note Certificate on any date (other than a Reset Date) when the Reset Rate Notes are then denominated in U.S. Dollars 

  

 3 

 
will be governed by the usual and customary rules and regulations applicable to DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. 
  
 The Reset Rate Notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars may be
offered and sold only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or to a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S, as applicable, and will be represented by interests in either a Rule 144A
global registered note certificate (the “Non-U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate”) or a Regulation S global registered note certificate (the “Regulation S Global Note Certificate,” and collectively with the Non-U.S. Rule 144A
Global Note Certificate, the “Non-U.S. Global Note Certificates”). Each Non-U.S. Global Note Certificate will be registered in the name of the Joint Nominee, and will be deposited on the Closing Date with Deutsche Bank London AG, acting
through its London branch, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream (the “Regulation S Custodian” and together with the DTC Custodian, the “Custodian”). At all times, there will be only one Non-U.S. Rule 144A Global
Note Certificate and one Regulation S Global Note Certificate for the Reset Rate Notes. At all times, the entire Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars will be allocated between the corresponding
Non-U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate and Regulation S Global Note Certificate for the Reset Rate Notes. On the Closing Date, a corresponding U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate will be deposited with the DTC Custodian and will have an
outstanding principal balance of zero for so long as the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars. On the Closing Date and on any Reset Date when the Reset Rate Notes are to be denominated in U.S. Dollars during the
immediately following Reset Period, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Reset Rate Notes will be allocated among the three Global Note Certificates, any of which may, from time to time during the related Reset Period, be reduced to
zero or represent 100%, individually or in the aggregate, of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The
signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 
  
 Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold
such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 
  
 The Indenture Trustee shall upon Issuer Order authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $[·]. The aggregate principal amount of Notes Outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.5. On each Spread Determination
Date, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Indenture Trustee shall deliver a revised Schedule A for the Reset Rate Notes to the Custodians. 
  
 Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Floating Rate Class A Notes shall be issuable as registered notes in minimum denominations of
$10,000 and additional 

  

 4 

 
increments of $1,000. The Class B Notes shall be issuable as registered Class B Notes in minimum denominations of $100,000 and additional increments of
$1,000. 
  
 During any Reset Period when the Reset Rate Notes are
denominated in U.S. Dollars, they shall be issued in minimum denominations of $250,000, and additional increments of $1. During any Reset Period when the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, they shall be issued in
minimum denominations of the applicable currency equivalent (approximately) of $250,000 and additional increments of the applicable currency equivalent of $1 (which shall be determined by reference to the exchange rate to be set forth in the related
cross-currency swap agreement); provided, that during any Reset Period when the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in Pounds Sterling, the Reset Rate Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of £100,000 and additional increments of
£1; and provided, further, that during any Reset Period when the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in Euros, the Reset Rate Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of €100,000 and additional increments of €1. 

 
 No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Indenture
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not inconsistent
with the terms of this Indenture determined to be appropriate by the Responsible Officer of the Issuer executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by his or her execution of such temporary Notes. 
  
 If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be
prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided
in Section 3.2, without charge to the Noteholder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of
Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes. 
  
 SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the
“Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall be “Note
Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of 

  

 5 

 
any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

  
 If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by
the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Indenture Trustee shall have
the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the
names and addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of such Notes. 
  
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2 or, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, to the Note Registrar or any transfer
agent, as applicable, if the requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes in any authorized denominations and a like aggregate principal amount. 
  
 On each Reset Date on which either the All Hold Rate is not applicable or fewer than 100% of the Reset Rate Noteholders permissibly elect to hold their
Reset Rate Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall allocate the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, if such Reset Rate Notes are to be denominated in U.S. Dollars during the immediately following Reset Period to the U.S. Rule 144A
Global Note Certificate and/or the Non-U.S. Global Note Certificates, as applicable, either of which may from time to time during the related Reset Period be reduced to zero or represent 100%, individually or in the aggregate, of the Outstanding
Amount of the Reset Rate Notes. On any Reset Date when the Reset Rate Notes are to be denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars during the immediately following Reset Period, the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes shall be allocated
entirely to the Non-U.S. Global Note Certificates, as applicable. Any transfer of Reset Rate Notes (other than on a Reset Date) between the related U.S. Rule 144A Global Note Certificate and the related Non-U.S. Global Note Certificates is not
permitted and any attempt or inadvertent transfer shall be null and void and of no effect. 
  
 At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any authorized denominations and a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.
Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive. 
  
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory 

  

 6 

 
to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or such Noteholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature
guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agent’s Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such
other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. 
  
 No service charge shall be made to a Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Indenture
Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.3 or 9.6 not involving
any transfer. 
  
 The preceding provisions of this Section
notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to
the Note. 
  
 SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
Notes. If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by each of them to hold the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired
by a bona fide purchaser, and provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within 15 days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called
for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of
a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such
Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

  
 Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section,
the Issuer may require the payment by the Noteholder thereof of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the
Indenture Trustee) connected therewith. 
  

 7 

 Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

  
 SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due
presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of
such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of, and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer
or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest; Note Interest Shortfall. (a) The Floating Rate Notes shall accrue interest as provided in such Floating Rate Notes, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-[·] through A-[·] and the Reset Rate Notes shall accrue
interest as provided in such Reset Rate Notes, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-[·] through A-[·], and such interest shall be payable on each applicable Distribution Date as specified therein, subject to Section 3.1. Any installment of interest or principal, if any,
payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the applicable Record Date by
check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to Notes registered on the
Record Date in the name of the nominee of the applicable Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), as nominee for DTC, for the Notes, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
designated by such nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the Note Final Maturity Date for such Note which shall be payable as provided below. The funds represented by
any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3. 
  
 (b) The principal amount of each class of Floating Rate Notes shall be payable on each applicable Distribution Date as provided in the forms of Notes set forth in Exhibits A-[·] through A-[·] and the principal amount of the Reset Rate Notes shall be
payable on each applicable Distribution Date as set forth in Exhibits A-[·] through A-[·], and in Appendix A-2 to this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of each class of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously
paid, on the Note Final Maturity Date for such class of Notes and on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing if the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of the Notes representing not less than a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due 

  

 8 

 
and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the specific class of Noteholders entitled
thereto. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest
on such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such final Distribution Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall
specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2. 
  
 (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest at the applicable Note
Rate on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the resulting Note Interest Shortfall on the following Distribution Date as provided in the Administration Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person
other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as
provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes may be held or disposed of by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time, unless the
Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that they be returned to it and so long as such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.1 and the terms of the Basic Documents, the Indenture
Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§
314(c) and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any such Independent Certificates. 
  
 SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes
representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be delivered to the applicable initial Clearing Agency by the Issuer, or by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the nominee
of each initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner shall receive a definitive, fully registered note (a “Definitive Note”) representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12. Unless and until
Definitive Notes have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12: 
  
 (i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect; 
  
 (ii) the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, may deal with the
applicable Clearing Agency for all 

  

 9 

 
purposes (including the payment of principal of and interest and other amounts on the Notes) as the authorized representative of the Note Owners; 

 
 (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section
conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall control; 
  
 (iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through the applicable Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by
law and agreements between such Note Owners and the applicable Clearing Agency and/or the applicable Clearing Agency Participants pursuant to the Note Depository Agreements; and unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.12,
the applicable initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest and other amounts on the Notes to such applicable Clearing Agency
Participants; 
  
 (v) whenever this Indenture
requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders of Notes evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such
percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or applicable Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes and
has delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee; and 
  
 (vi) upon acquisition or transfer of a beneficial interest in any Book-Entry Note by, for or with the assets of, an employee benefit plan or other retirement arrangement (“Plan”), such Note Owner shall be
deemed to have represented that such acquisition or purchase will not constitute or otherwise result in: (i) in the case of a Plan subject to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, a non-exempt prohibited transaction in violation of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not covered by a class or other applicable exemption and (ii) in the case of a Plan subject to a substantially similar federal, state, local or foreign law (“Similar Law”), a
non-exempt violation of such substantially Similar Law. Any transfer found to have been made in violation of such deemed representation shall be null and void and of no effect. 
  
 SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other communication is required under this Indenture to
be given to Noteholders, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to the applicable Clearing Agency.

  
 SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes. If (i) the Administrator
advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that a Clearing Agency (a) is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise), (b) announces an intention to cease business permanently (or
does so and no alternative clearing system acceptable to the Indenture Trustee is then available), or (c) at any time, is unwilling or unable to continue as, or ceases to be, a clearing agency registered under all applicable laws, and a successor
clearing agency which is registered as a clearing agency under all applicable laws is not appointed by the 

  

 10 

 
Administrator within 90 days of such event, (ii) the Administrator at its option advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the
book-entry system through that Clearing Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a Servicer Default or an Administrator Default, Note Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Outstanding
Amount of the applicable Notes advise the applicable Clearing Agency (which shall then notify the Indenture Trustee) in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through such Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note
Owners, then the Indenture Trustee shall cause such Clearing Agency to notify all Note Owners cleared, through such Clearing Agency, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same.
Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by a Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive
Notes in accordance with the instructions of such Clearing Agency, which shall include, without limitation, the identity and payment instructions for all Noteholders of the applicable Notes. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture
Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the holders of
the Definitive Notes as Noteholders. 
  
 Upon acquisition or
transfer of a Definitive Note by, for or with the assets of, a Plan, such Note Owner shall be deemed to have represented that such acquisition or purchase will not constitute or otherwise result in: (i) in the case of a Plan subject to Section 406
of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, a non-exempt prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not covered by a class or other applicable exemption and (ii) in the case of a Plan subject to a
substantially Similar Law, a non-exempt violation of such substantially Similar Law. Any transfer found to have been made in violation of such deemed representation shall be null and void and of no effect. 
  
 ARTICLE III 
  
 Covenants 
  
 SECTION 3.1 Payment to Noteholders and each Swap Counterparty. The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal
and interest, if any, with respect to the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture and shall duly and punctually pay amounts, if any, owing to each Swap Counterparty in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
related Swap Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Issuer shall cause to be distributed to Noteholders and each Swap Counterparty in accordance with the Administration Agreement that portion of the amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts
on a Distribution Date or with respect to any Swap Counterparty amounts on deposit in the relevant Trust Accounts on the date such payment is due under the related Swap Agreement, which the Noteholders and any Swap Counterparty are entitled to
receive pursuant to Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to
such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture. 
  

 11 

 SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York and in Luxembourg, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such
office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands. 
  
 SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments to be Held in Trust. As provided in Section 8.2(a) and (b), all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to
any Notes or any Swap Agreement that are to be made from amounts distributed from the Collection Account or any other Trust Account pursuant to Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the
Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so distributed from the Collection Account for payments to Noteholders or any Swap Counterparty shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this Section. 
  
 On or before the Business Day next preceding each Distribution Date and
Redemption Date, the Issuer shall distribute or cause to be distributed to the Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes or any Swap Agreement, such sum to be held
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Paying Agent is the Indenture Trustee) shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 
  
 The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that
such Paying Agent will: 
  
 (i) hold all sums
held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes or any Swap Agreement in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such
sums to such Persons as herein provided; 
  
 (ii)
give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has actual knowledge (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes or any Swap Agreement; 
  
 (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such
default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; 
  
 (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payments due
under the Notes or any Swap 

  

 12 

 
Agreement if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and 
  
 (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to
the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith. 
  
 The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those
upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 
  
 Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held
by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to
the Issuer on Issuer Request or if the Issuer has been terminated to the Depositor upon its written request; and the Noteholder thereof shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the
extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense and direction of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in
The City of New York and in Luxembourg, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including mailing notice of such repayment to Noteholders whose Notes have
been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each
such Noteholder). 
  
 SECTION 3.4 Existence. The Issuer
shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other State or of the
United States of America, in which case the Issuer shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which
such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the Indenture Trust Estate. 
  

 13 

 SECTION 3.5 Protection of Indenture Trust Estate. The Issuer will from time to time execute and
deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto, all such financing statements and continuation statements and will take such other action necessary or advisable to: 
  
 (i) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or
carry out more effectively the purposes hereof; 
  
 (ii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any grant made or to be made by this Indenture; 
  
 (iii) enforce any of the Collateral; or 
  
 (iv) preserve and defend title to the Indenture Trust Estate and the rights of the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and each Swap
Counterparty in such Indenture Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties. 
  
 The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required to be executed pursuant to this Section.

  
 SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Indenture Trust Estate. (a)
On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture as is necessary
to perfect and make effective the lien and security interest of this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

  
 (b) On or before December 31 in each calendar year, beginning
in [·], the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action
has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture and any indentures supplemental hereto as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture and relating the details of
such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, recording and refiling of this Indenture and any
indentures supplemental hereto that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security interest of this Indenture until December 31 in the following calendar year. 
  
 SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Trust Student
Loans. (a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or
agreement included in the Indenture Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as expressly
provided in this Indenture, any other Basic Document or such other instrument or agreement. 
  

 14 

 (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this
Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer; provided, however, the Issuer shall not be
liable for any acts of Persons with whom the Issuer has contracted with reasonable care. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Issuer
shall give written notice to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency of any such contract with any other Person. 
  
 (c) The Issuer shall punctually perform and observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the other Basic Documents and the
instruments and agreements included in the Indenture Trust Estate, including filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and continuation statements prepared by the Issuer and required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and
the Administration Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, the Issuer shall not waive, amend, modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any
provision thereof without the consent of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. The Issuer shall give written notice to each Rating Agency of any such waiver, amendment, modification,
supplement or termination. 
  
 (d) If a Responsible Officer of the
Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an Administrator Default under the Servicing Agreement or the Administration Agreement, respectively, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating
Agencies thereof, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect to such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the
Servicing Agreement, or an Administrator Default shall arise from the failure of the Administrator to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Trust Student Loans, the
Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to it to enforce its rights under the Basic Documents in respect of such failure. 
  
 (e) As promptly as possible after the giving of notice of termination to the Servicer of the Servicer’s rights and powers, pursuant to Section 5.1 of
the Servicing Agreement, or to the Administrator of the Administrator’s rights and powers, pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Administration Agreement, the Issuer shall appoint a successor servicer (the “Successor Servicer”) or a
successor administrator (the “Successor Administrator”), respectively, and such Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator, as the case may be, shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee. In the event that a Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator has not been appointed and accepted its appointment at the time when the Servicer or Administrator, as the case may be, ceases to act as Servicer or Administrator,
respectively, the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator, as the case may be. The Indenture Trustee may resign as the Successor Servicer or the Successor
Administrator by giving written notice of resignation to the Issuer and in such event will be released from such duties and obligations, such release not to be effective until the date a new servicer or a new administrator enters into an agreement
with the Issuer as provided below; provided, however, 

  

 15 

 
that nothing herein shall require or permit the Indenture Trustee to act as Servicer, or otherwise service the Trust Student Loans, in violation of the
Higher Education Act. Upon delivery of any such notice to the Issuer, the Issuer shall obtain a new servicer as the Successor Servicer under the Servicing Agreement or a new administrator as the Successor Administrator under the Administration
Agreement, as the case may be. Any Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator, other than the Indenture Trustee, shall (i) be an established institution (A) that satisfies any requirements of the Higher Education Act applicable to servicers and
(B) whose regular business includes the servicing or administration of student loans and (ii) enter into a servicing agreement or an administration agreement, respectively, with the Issuer having substantially the same provisions as the provisions
of the Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as applicable. If within 30 days after the delivery of the notice referred to above, the Issuer shall not have obtained such a new servicer or new administrator, as the case may be, the
Indenture Trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, a Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator; provided, however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment of any such
successor shall in no event relieve the Indenture Trustee from any obligations otherwise imposed on it under the Basic Documents until such successor has in fact assumed such appointment. In connection with any such appointment, the Indenture
Trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such successor as it and such successor shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the Servicing Agreement or Administration Agreement, as applicable, and in accordance
with Section 5.2 of the Servicing Agreement and Section 5.2 of the Administration Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such successor for the servicing or administration of the Trust Student Loans (such agreement to be in form
and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee). If the Indenture Trustee shall succeed as provided herein to the Servicer’s duties as Servicer with respect to the Trust Student Loans, or the Administrator’s duties with respect to the
Issuer and the Trust Student Loans, as the case may be, it shall do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and, accordingly, the provisions of Article VI hereof shall be inapplicable to the Indenture Trustee in
its duties as the successor to the Servicer or the Administrator, as the case may be, and the servicing or administration of the Trust Student Loans. In case the Indenture Trustee shall become successor to the Servicer or the Administrator, the
Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint as Servicer or as Administrator, as the case may be, any one of its Affiliates, provided that such appointment shall not affect or alter in any way the liability of the Indenture Trustee as Successor
Servicer or Successor Administrator, respectively, in accordance with the terms hereof. 
  
 (f) Upon any termination of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, or any termination of the Administrator’s rights and powers pursuant to the Administration Agreement, as the
case may be, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency. As soon as a Successor Servicer or a Successor Administrator is appointed, the Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency of such
appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer or such Successor Administrator. 
  
 (g) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the rights of the Indenture
Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee or the 

  

 16 

 
Noteholders of at least a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment,
modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Collateral or the Basic Documents, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Basic Documents, or waive timely performance or observance by the Servicer, the
Administrator, the Depositor, the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, SLMA, the Issuer or the Eligible Lender Trustee or any Swap Counterparty under the Basic Documents; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i)
increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or any Swap Counterparty, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes which
are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Noteholders of all the Outstanding Notes. If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall be so consented to by the Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders, the
Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each Rating Agency and agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements, instruments, consents and
other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. 
  
 SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not: 
  
 (i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or any
other Basic Document, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Indenture Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee; 
  
 (ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the
taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Indenture Trust Estate; 
  
 (iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be
released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien
of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Indenture Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens and other liens that arise by operation of law,
and other than as expressly permitted by the Basic Documents) or (C) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax or other lien) security interest in the Indenture Trust Estate;
or 
  
 (iv) enter into any amendment to the
Interest Rate Cap Agreement or any Swap Agreement to cure any ambiguity in, or to correct or supplement any provision of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or any Swap Agreement, unless the Issuer has determined, and the 

  

 17 

 
Indenture Trustee has agreed in writing at the written direction of the Issuer, that the amendment will not materially adversely affect the interests of the
Noteholders and provided that the Issuer has provided reasonable notice to the Rating Agencies of such amendment and the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. 
  

SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, [·]), an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer
stating that: 
  
 (i) a review of the activities
of the Issuer during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized Officers’ supervision; and 
  
 (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officers’ knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and
covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officers and the nature and status thereof. 

 
 SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.

  
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any
other Person, unless: 
  
 (i) the Person (if
other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed
and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest, if any, on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
Indenture and the other Basic Documents on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein; 
  
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
with respect to such transaction; 
  
 (iv) the
Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse Federal or Delaware state tax consequence to the Issuer or any
Noteholder or any Swap Counterparty; 
  
 (v) any
action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and 
  

 18 

 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’
Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act). 
  
 (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties or assets, including those included in the Indenture Trust Estate, to any Person, unless: 
  
 (i) the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Issuer the
conveyance or transfer of which is hereby restricted shall (A) be a United States citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest, if any, on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of
this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate
to the rights of Noteholders and any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense
arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and (E) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of Persons, then one specified Person) shall make all filings with the Commission (and any other
appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes; 
  
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
  
 (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
with respect to such transaction; 
  
 (iv) the
Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse Federal or Delaware state tax consequence to the Issuer or any
Noteholder; 
  
 (v) any action as is necessary to
maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and 
  
 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel each
stating that such conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by the
Exchange Act). 
  
 SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee.
(a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such 

  

 19 

 
consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this
Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. 
  
 (b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), SLM Student Loan Trust [·] will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery by the Issuer of written notice to
the Indenture Trustee stating that SLM Student Loan Trust [·] is to be so released. 
  
 SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than financing (including entering
into Swap Agreements from time to time), purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Trust Student Loans and the other assets of the Issuer and related proceeds in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the other Basic Documents and
activities incidental thereto. 
  
 SECTION 3.13 No
Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any indebtedness except for the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 3.14 Obligations of Servicer and Administrator. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to comply with Sections
3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the Administration Agreement and Section 3.7 of the Servicing Agreement and the Administrator to comply with Sections 2.11, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except
as contemplated by this Indenture and the other Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance
on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree
contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person. 
  
 SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personality). 
  
 SECTION 3.17 Restricted
Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Eligible Lender Trustee or any
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer or the Administrator, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such
ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions to the Servicer, the Eligible Lender
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders, any Swap Counterparty, any Remarketing Agent, any Swap 

  

 20 

 
Agent, the Administrator, the Depositor and the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for
such purpose under, this Indenture and the other Basic Documents. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the other Basic Documents.

  
 SECTION 3.18 Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer
shall give the Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agencies and each Swap Counterparty prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of Depositor of its obligations under the Sale Agreement, SLMA of its obligations
under the Purchase Agreement, the Servicer of its obligations under the Servicing Agreement, or the Administrator of its obligations under the Administration Agreement. In addition, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, each Rating
Agency and each Swap Counterparty, within five days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of
Default under Section 5.1(iii), its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 SECTION 3.19 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and
do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE IV 
  
 Satisfaction and Discharge 
  
 SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii)
substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8, 3.10, 3.12 and 3.13, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities
of the Indenture Trustee hereunder (including, without limitation, the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7 and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Section 4.2) and (vi) the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with
respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when: 
  
 (a) either

  
 (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and
thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or 
  

 21 

 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation 
  
 (i) have become due and payable, 
  
 (ii) will become due and payable at their respective Note
Final Maturity Date, within one year, or 
  
 (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Indenture Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer,
in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Indenture Trustee cash or direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to
the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due to the Note Final Maturity
Date; 
  
 (b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other
sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and 
  
 (c) the Issuer has
delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA or the Indenture Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants, each meeting the
applicable requirements of Section 11.1(a) and, subject to Section 11.2, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may
determine, to the Noteholders of the particular Notes or to any Swap Counterparty, as applicable, for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for
principal and interest; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Administration Agreement or required by law. 
  
 SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be
held and applied according to Section 3.3 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 
  
 SECTION 4.4 Auction of Trust Student Loans. Any Trust Student Loans remaining in the Trust as of the later of (a) the end of Collection Period for
the [·] Distribution Date or (b) the end of the first Collection Period when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less 

  

 22 

 
of the initial Pool Balance three Business Days prior to such Distribution Date (the “Trust Auction Date”) shall be offered for sale by the
Indenture Trustee unless the Servicer has exercised its option to purchase the Trust Estate as described in Section 6.1(a) of the Administration Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date. The Servicer will be deemed to have waived such option
if it fails to notify the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of its exercise thereof in writing prior to the Indenture Trustee’s acceptance of a bid to purchase such Trust Student Loans; provided, however, that
there shall be no such offer for sale if the Indenture Trustee fails to provide notice to the Servicer in accordance with this Section 4.4. The Indenture Trustee shall provide written notice to the Servicer of any such offer for sale at least 5
Business Days in advance of the Trust Auction Date. The Indenture Trustee shall permit the Servicer or any of its Affiliates including SLMA and the Servicer to offer bids only if the Pool Balance as of the applicable Trust Auction Date is equal to
10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance and such bid does not exceed the fair market value of the Trust Student Loans as of the Trust Auction Date. If at least two bids are received, the Indenture Trustee shall solicit and resolicit new bids from
all participating bidders until only one bid remains or the remaining bidders decline to resubmit bids. The Indenture Trustee shall accept the highest of such remaining bids if it is equal to or in excess of both the Minimum Purchase Amount and the
fair market value of such Trust Student Loans as of the end of the Collection Period immediately preceding the Trust Auction Date. If at least two bids are not received or the highest bid after the resolicitation process is completed is not equal to
or in excess of the higher of the Minimum Purchase Amount and the fair market value of the Trust Student Loans, the Indenture Trustee shall not consummate such sale. The Indenture Trustee may consult, and, at the direction of the Depositor, shall
consult, with a financial advisor, including an Initial Purchaser of the Notes or the Administrator, to determine if the fair market value of the Trust Student Loans has been offered. The proceeds of any such sale will be paid at the time set forth
in Section 2.6 of the Administration Agreement and applied in the order of priority set forth in Section 5.4(b). If the sale is not consummated in accordance with the foregoing, the Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be under any obligation to,
solicit bids for sale of the Trust Student Loans with respect to future Distribution Dates upon terms similar to those described above, including the Servicer’s waiver of its option to purchase the Trust Estate in accordance with Section 6.1(a)
of the Administration Agreement with respect to each such future Distribution Date. 
  
 ARTICLE V 
  
 Remedies

  
 SECTION 5.1 Events of Default. “Event of
Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or
order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 
  
 (i) default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period
of five days; or 
  

 23 

 (ii) default in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
payable on the related Note Final Maturity Date; or 
  
 (iii) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section
specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing having been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when made, such default or breach having a material
adverse effect on the holders of the Notes, and such default or breach shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise
cured, for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a notice of Default hereunder; or 
  
 (iv) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of
the Issuer or any substantial part of the Indenture Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Indenture Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and
in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or 
  
 (v) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an
involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the
Indenture Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any
of the foregoing. 
  
 SECTION 5.2 Acceleration of Maturity;
Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing, then and in every such case the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may declare all
the Notes to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of such Notes, together with accrued and unpaid
interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable, subject, however, to Section 5.4 of this Indenture. 
  
 At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Noteholders of Notes representing a 

  

 24 

 
majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if: 
  
 (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the
Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay: 
  
 (a) all payments of principal of and interest on all Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or upon such Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and 
  
 (b) all sums paid or advanced by the Indenture Trustee
hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel; and 
  
 (ii) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or
waived as provided in Section 5.12. 
  
 No such rescission shall
affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee. The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such
default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at the related Note Final Maturity Date, the Issuer shall, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee,
pay to it, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally
enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate specified in Section 2.7 and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel. 
  
 (a) In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so
due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor
upon such Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable. 
  
 (b) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Noteholders and any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty by such appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other 

  

 25 

 
proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law. 
  
 (c) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in the Indenture Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of
any other, comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall
then be due and payable, as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in
such proceedings or otherwise: 
  
 (i) to file
and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee
(including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances
made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings; 
  
 (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Noteholders (and, if
applicable, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty) in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings; 
  
 (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty and the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and 
  
 (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Indenture Trustee, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty or the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property; 
  
 and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders and any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to
such Noteholders and any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents,
attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, 

  

 26 

 
and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith. 
  
 (d) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture
Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof or to authorize the
Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person. 
  
 (e) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the
Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for
the ratable benefit of the Noteholders, and after the Notes have been paid in full, and subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty. 
  
 (f) In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (and also any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any
provision of this Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders and each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder or any
Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty a party to any such Proceedings. 
  
 SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the following (subject to Section 5.5): 
  
 (a) (i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes
moneys adjudged due; 
  
 (ii) institute
Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture, with respect to the Indenture Trust Estate; 
  
 (iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to the Trust Estate and take any other appropriate action to
protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee, any Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty and the Noteholders; 
  
 (iv) sell the Indenture Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called
and conducted in any manner permitted by law; and/or 
  

 27 

 (v) elect to have the Eligible Lender Trustee maintain ownership of the Trust Student
Loans and continue to apply collections with respect to the Trust Student Loans as if there had been no declaration of acceleration; 
  
 provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than an
Event of Default described in Section 5.1(i) or (ii) with respect to the Class A Notes, unless (A) the Noteholders of 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to
the Class A Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Class A Notes for principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that the Indenture Trust Estate will not continue to provide
sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Class A Notes as would have become due if the Class A Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of Noteholders of 66 2/3% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes; provided, further, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default described in Section
5.1(i) or (ii) with respect to the Class A Notes, unless (D) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Class B Noteholders plus the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the Trust Estate distributable to the Class B Noteholders
are sufficient to pay to the Class B Noteholders the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon or (E) after receipt of notice from the Eligible Lender Trustee that the proceeds of such sale or liquidation
distributable to the Class B Noteholders plus the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the Trust Estate distributable to the Class B Noteholders would not be sufficient to pay to the Class B Noteholders the outstanding principal plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, the Class B Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes consent thereto. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (B), (C), (D) and (E), the Indenture
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Indenture Trust Estate and/or
Trust Estate, as applicable, for such purpose. 
  
 (b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(i), 5.1(ii), 5.1(iv) or 5.1(v) which has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes, if the Indenture
Trustee collects any money or property, it shall pay out the money or property (and other amounts including amounts, if any, held on deposit in each of the Trust Accounts) held as Collateral for the benefit of the Noteholders, net of liquidation
costs associated with the sale of the assets of the Trust, in the following order: 
  
 FIRST: to the applicable Noteholders of the Reset Rate Notes then denominated in U.S. Dollars and bearing interest at a fixed rate, or if
the Reset Rate Notes are in Foreign Exchange Mode, to the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty (for exchange into the applicable non-U.S. Dollar Currency) the amount, if any, on deposit in the Accumulation Account for the Reset Rate Notes
(excluding any Investment Earnings thereon) in reduction of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes until they are paid in full; 
  

 28 

 SECOND: to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due under Section 6.7; 
  
 THIRD: to the Servicer for due and unpaid Primary Servicing
Fees; 
  
 FOURTH: to the Administrator, any due
and unpaid Administration Fees; 
  
 FIFTH: pro
rata, based on amounts due and owing: 
  

	 	A:	to the Class A Noteholders (other than the Reset Rate Noteholders if a Swap Agreement is then in effect), for amounts due and unpaid on the Class A Notes for interest at the
applicable Note Rate, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Class A Notes for such interest; 

  

	 	B:	if a Swap Agreement is then in effect, to each Swap Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Interest Payments due and payable by the Issuer (other than as paid to that Swap
Counterparty under clause FIRST); and 

  

	 	C:	if any Swap Agreement has been terminated, to the related Swap Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Termination Payments due to such Swap Counterparty due to a Termination Event (as
defined in the related Swap Agreement) resulting from a payment default under the related Swap Agreement by the Issuer, a non-rescindable, non-waivable acceleration of the Notes, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer.

  
 SIXTH: 
  

	 	A:	If the Reset Rate Notes are then in Foreign Exchange Mode, pro rata (1) to the Class A Noteholders (other than the holders of the Reset Rate Notes then in Foreign Exchange Mode),
ratably, an amount sufficient to reduce the respective principal balance of those Class A Notes to zero, and (2) to the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty an amount sufficient to reduce the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount of the Reset
Rate Notes to zero; or 

  

	 	B:	if the Reset Rate Notes are then denominated in U.S. Dollars, pro rata to all of the Class A Noteholders, ratably, an amount sufficient to reduce the respective principal balances
of the Class A Notes to zero; 

  
 SEVENTH: to the Class B Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Class B Notes for interest at the Class B Note Rate; 
  
 EIGHTH: to the Class B Noteholders, an amount sufficient to reduce the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes to zero; 
  
 NINTH: to the Servicer, for any unpaid Carryover Servicing
Fees; 
  

 29 

 TENTH: to any Swap Counterparties, pro rata, the amount of any Swap Termination Payments
due to such Swap Counterparties by the Issuer and not payable in Clause FIFTH (C); 
  
 ELEVENTH: to the Remarketing Agents, any due and unpaid Remarketing Fees payable by the Issuer to the extent not previously paid from
amounts on deposit in the Remarketing Fee Account; 
  
 TWELFTH: sequentially, first to the Remarketing Agents, and second to the Administrator for any advances made on behalf of the Issuer, in each case, for payment of certain costs and expenses as set forth in Section 3 of the Remarketing
Agreement in connection with the remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes not previously reimbursed by the Issuer; 
  
 THIRTEENTH: to the Interest Rate Cap Swap Counterparty, the amount of any termination payment due to the Interest Rate Cap Swap
Counterparty by the Issuer under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; and 
  
 FOURTEENTH: to the Excess Distribution Certificateholder, any remaining funds. 
  
 In the event that the related Swap Agreements have terminated, all payments by the Trust to the Noteholders of the Reset Rate Notes then in Foreign
Exchange Mode will be made in the applicable currency utilizing the exchange rate set forth in the related Swap Agreement prior to its termination. 
  
 If a Cross-Currency Swap Agreement terminates, amounts that would have otherwise been paid to the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty under such
Cross-Currency Swap Agreement (other than amounts payable as a Termination Payment thereunder) will be used to make payments to the Reset Rate Notes, in an amount in Pounds Sterling, Euros or any other applicable non-U.S. Dollar currency equal to
the payment that the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty would have made. If this occurs, the Trust will exchange U.S. Dollars for Pounds Sterling, Euros or any other applicable non-U.S. Dollar currency in order to make distributions to the
Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 The Indenture Trustee may fix a record date
and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the
amount to be paid. 
  
 SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the
Trust Student Loans. If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not,
elect to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee
shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate. In determining whether to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate, the 

  

 30 

 
Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Indenture Trust Estate for such purpose. 
  
 SECTION 5.6 Limitation of Suits. No Noteholder shall have any right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
  
 (i) such Noteholder has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (ii) the Noteholders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder; 
  
 (iii) such Noteholder or Noteholders have offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request; 
  
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such
Proceeding; and 
  
 (v) no direction inconsistent
with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Noteholders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; 
  
 it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of,
or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Noteholders or to enforce any right under this Indenture,
except in the manner herein provided. 
  
 In the event the
Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion
may determine what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 5.7 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, each
Noteholder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on its Note on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in the case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Noteholder. 
  

 31 

 SECTION 5.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder has
instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every
such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted. 
  
 SECTION 5.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee, any Swap Counterparty or
to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing
at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
  
 SECTION 5.10 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of
the Indenture Trustee, any Swap Counterparty or any Noteholder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and
remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Indenture Trustee, any Swap Counterparty or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee, any Swap Counterparty or by the
Noteholders, as the case may be. 
  
 SECTION 5.11 Control by
Noteholders. The Noteholders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes
or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee; provided that 
  
 (i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture; 
  
 (ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any
direction to the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate shall be by the Noteholders of not less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; 
  
 (iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied and the Indenture Trustee elects to
retain the Indenture Trust Estate pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Indenture Trustee by Noteholders of less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate shall be of no force and
effect; and 
  
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee may
take any other action deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; 
  

 32 

 provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it
determines might involve it in liability or might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action. 
  
 SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the time a judgment or decree for payment of money due has been obtained as described in Section
5.2, the Noteholders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may waive any past Default and its consequences except a Default (a) in payment when due of principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a
covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Noteholder. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall be restored to their former positions and rights
hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture; but
no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
  
 SECTION 5.13 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Noteholder by such Noteholder’s acceptance of any Note shall
be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party
litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any suit
instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit Instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or
interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date). 
  
 SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension of law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
  
 SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be
affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the
recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by 

  

 33 

 
the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Indenture Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer. Any money or property
collected by the Indenture Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.4(b). 
  
 SECTION 5.16 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations. 
  
 (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at the Administrator’s expense, the Issuer shall take all such lawful action
as the Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the Depositor, SLMA, the Administrator and the Servicer, as applicable, of each of their obligations to the Issuer, whether directly or by assignment, under
or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges
lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indenture Trustee,
including the transmission of notices of default on the part of the Depositor, SLMA, the Administrator or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Depositor,
SLMA, the Administrator or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively. 
  
 (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee may, and at the written direction of the Noteholders of 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Depositor, SLMA, the Administrator or the
Servicer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by
the Depositor, SLMA, the Administrator or the Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder, whether directly or by assignment, and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Sale
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended. 
  
 ARTICLE VI 
  
 The Indenture Trustee 
  
 SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee shall exercise the rights
and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  

 34 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties
and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth
of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, however, that the Indenture
Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Indenture Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct,
except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not
limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect
to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.11. 
  
 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Indenture Trustee may agree in writing with the
Issuer. 
  
 (e) Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need
not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents. 
  
 (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense is not reasonably assured to it. 
  
 (g) Except as
expressly provided in the Basic Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall have no obligation to administer, service or collect the Trust Student Loans or to maintain, monitor or otherwise supervise the administration, servicing or collection of the
Trust Student Loans. 
  
 (h) In the event that the Indenture
Trustee is the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar, the rights and protections afforded to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture shall also be afforded to the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent or Note Registrar. 

 

 35 

 (i) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
  
 SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee. (a) The Indenture Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper Person. The Indenture Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such document. 
  
 (b) Before the Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require and shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer
and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
  
 (c) The Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder
or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such
agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
  
 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the
Indenture Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
  
 (e) The Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee. The Indenture
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Indenture Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12. 
  
 SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity
or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in the Indenture or in any document issued in
connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
  
 SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is either actually known or written notice of the existence thereof
has been delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee shall mail notice of the 
  

 36 

 
Default to each Noteholder and any Swap Counterparty within 90 days and to each Rating Agency as soon as practicable within 30 days after it occurs. Except
in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders and any Swap Counterparty. Except as provided in the first sentence of this Section 6.5, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be deemed
to have knowledge of a Default or an Event of Default. 
  
 SECTION
6.6 Reports by Indenture Trustee to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder (and to each Person who was a Noteholder at any time during the applicable calendar year) such information as may be required to enable
such holder to prepare its Federal and state income tax returns. Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning with the December 31 following the date of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report as of such
December 31 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if required by said section. The Indenture Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b). A copy of each such report required pursuant to TIA § 313(a) or (b) shall, at the time of such
transaction to Noteholders, be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and with each securities exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, provided that the Issuer has previously notified the Indenture Trustee of such listing.

  
 SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer
shall cause the Depositor to pay to the Indenture Trustee reasonable compensation for its services in accordance with a separate agreement between the Depositor and the Indenture Trustee and shall cause the Depositor to reimburse the Indenture
Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it as provided in such separate agreement. The Indenture Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer
shall cause the Administrator to indemnify the Indenture Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration
of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the other Basic Documents. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Administrator promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture
Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Administrator shall not relieve the Issuer or the Administrator of its obligations hereunder and under the other Basic Documents. The Issuer shall cause the Administrator to defend the claim and the
Administrator shall not be liable for the legal fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee after it has assumed such defense; provided, however, that, in the event that there may be a conflict between the positions of the Indenture
Trustee and the Administrator in conducting the defense of such claim, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to separate counsel acceptable to it in its sole discretion the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Administrator
on behalf of the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the Administrator need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct,
negligence or bad faith. 
  
 The Issuer’s payment obligations
to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture Trustee incurs expenses after 

  

 37 

 
the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(iv) or (v) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. 
  
 SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee. No resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture
Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8. The Indenture Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Noteholders of a majority in Outstanding
Amount of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Indenture Trustee if: 
  
 (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

  
 (ii) an Insolvency Event occurs with respect
to the Indenture Trustee; 
  
 (iii) a receiver or
other public officer takes charge of the Indenture Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the
Indenture Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. 
  
 A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Indenture Trustee shall
mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee. 
  
 If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Noteholders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee. The successor Indenture
Trustee shall give notice of its appointment as successor Indenture Trustee to the Rating Agencies. 
  
 If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the
Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee. 
  

 38 

 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s and
the Administrator’s obligations under Section 6.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 6.9 Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee, provided that such
corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11. The Indenture Trustee shall provide the Rating Agencies prior written notice of any such transaction. 
  
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of
any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall
have. 
  
 SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate
Trustee. 
  
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Indenture Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all
instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Indenture Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit
of the Noteholders, such title to the Indenture Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.
No such appointment shall relieve the Indenture Trustee of its obligations hereunder. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to
Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.8 hereof. 
  
 (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

  
 (i) all rights, powers, duties and
obligations conferred or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be
incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and 

  

 39 

 
obligations (including the holding of title to the Indenture Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed
singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee; 
  
 (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and 
  
 (iii) the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the
resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee. 
  
 (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its
instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of,
affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to
the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. 
  
 SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA
§ 310(a), the requirements of an “eligible lender” under 20 USC § 1085(d) and the requirements of Rule 3a-7(4)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Indenture Trustee
shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and it shall have a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of not less than investment grade by each of the Rating
Agencies. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA § 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA
§ 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
  
 SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA §
311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 
  

 40 

 ARTICLE VII 
  
 Noteholders’ Lists and Reports 
  
 SECTION 7.1 Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause
to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and
addresses of the Noteholders as of such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Indenture Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more
than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished. 
  
 SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to
Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and
the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

  
 (a) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b)
with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes. Upon receipt by the Indenture Trustee of any request by three or more Noteholders or by one or more holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes to receive a copy of the current list of Noteholders (whether or not made pursuant to TIA § 312(b)), the Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator thereof by providing to the Administrator a copy
of such request and a copy of the list of Noteholders produced in response thereto. 
  
 (b) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  
 (c) On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee shall provide to each Noteholder of record as of the related Record Date the information provided by
the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall furnish to the Noteholders promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports,
notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Indenture Trustee under the Basic Documents. The Indenture Trustee shall furnish to the Noteholders promptly upon receipt thereof from the
Eligible Lender Trustee notice of any amendment of the Administration Agreement pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 41 

 SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer. 
  
 (a) The Issuer shall: 
  
 (i) file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the
annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
  
 (ii) file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to
compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and 
  
 (iii) supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in
TIA § 313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.3(a) as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time
by the Commission. 
  
 (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines,
the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year. 
  
 ARTICLE VIII 
  
 Accounts, Disbursements and
Releases 
  
 SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property
payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall apply all such money received by it on behalf of Noteholders and any Swap Counterparty pursuant to the Administration Agreement as provided in
this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Indenture Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may take
such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default under this Indenture and any
right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V. 
  
 SECTION
8.2 Trust Accounts. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Administrator to establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders and any Swap Counterparty the Trust Accounts
as provided in Section 2.3 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 (b) On or before the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date, all Available Funds with respect to the preceding Collection Period will be deposited in the Collection Account as provided in Section 2.4 of the Administration
Agreement. On or before each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) shall make the 

  

 42 

 
required deposits and distributions as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts. (a) So long as no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Indenture Trustee upon Issuer Order, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(b) of
the Administration Agreement. All income or other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Trust Accounts (except for the Capitalized Interest Account, if any) shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account, and any
loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such Trust Account. All income or other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Capitalized Interest Account, if any, shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in the Capitalized
Interest Account, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Capitalized Interest Account. The Issuer will not direct the Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in any of the
Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any
direction to the Indenture Trustee to make any such investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to such effect. 

 
 (b) Subject to Section 6.1(c), the Indenture Trustee shall not in any way
be held liable for the selection of Eligible Investments or by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Indenture
Trustee’s failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms. 
  
 (c) If (i) the Issuer shall have failed to give investment directions for any
funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Indenture Trustee by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Indenture Trustee) on any Business Day; or (ii) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing with
respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.2, or, if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts collected or receivable from the Indenture
Trust Estate are being applied in accordance with Section 5.5 as if there had not been such a declaration; then the Indenture Trustee shall invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in the Eligible Investments described in clause (d) of the
definition thereof. 
  
 SECTION 8.4 Release of Indenture Trust
Estate. (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 6.7, the Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture,
or convey the Indenture Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in
this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys. 
  

 43 

 (b) The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding and all sums due the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid, subject to the interest therein of any Swap Counterparty, release any remaining portion of the Indenture Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the
Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.4(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request
accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§ 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

  
 (c) Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note, acknowledges
that from time to time the Indenture Trustee shall release the lien of this Indenture on any Trust Student Loan to be sold to (i) the Depositor in accordance with Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, (ii) to the Servicer in accordance with Section 3.5
of the Servicing Agreement, and (iii) to SLMA in accordance with Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement, and each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note, consents to any such release. 
  
 SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven days’ notice when requested
by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.4(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall also require, except in connection with any action contemplated by Section 8.4(c), as a condition to such
action, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of
such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders or any Swap Counterparty in contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided,
however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Indenture Trust Estate. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity
of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action. 
  
 ARTICLE IX 
  
 Supplemental Indentures 
  
 SECTION 9.1
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. Without the consent of any Noteholders but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time
to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the
following purposes: 
  
 (i) to correct or amplify
the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to
the lien of this Indenture additional property; 
  

 44 

 (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of
another person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes contained; 
  
 (iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Noteholders and, any Swap Counterparty, as applicable, or to surrender
any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; 
  
 (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to the Indenture Trustee; 
  
 (v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with
any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall not materially adversely
affect the interests of the Noteholders or any Swap Counterparty; 
  
 (vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to
facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or 
  
 (vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of
this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar Federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA. 
  
 The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any
further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained. 
  
 (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Noteholders but with prior notice to any Swap Counterparty and the Rating Agencies, enter into
an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or any Swap
Counterparty under this Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or any Swap Counterparty. 
  
 SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. The
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to any Swap Counterparty and the Rating Agencies and with the consent of the Noteholders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, by Act of such Noteholders delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of 

  

 45 

 
the Noteholders under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Noteholder of
each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 
  
 (i)
change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect thereto, change the provisions of this Indenture relating
to the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Indenture Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest
thereon is payable (other than pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Reset Rate Notes or pursuant to the Reset Rate Note Procedures set forth in Appendix A-2 to this Indenture) or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the
provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after
the Redemption Date); 
  
 (ii) reduce the
percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions
of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture; 
  
 (iii) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the definition of the term “Outstanding”; 
  
 (iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes required to direct the Indenture Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4; 
  
 (v) modify any provision of this Section except to increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional
provisions of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Noteholder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby; 
  
 (vi) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of the
amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Distribution Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to affect the rights of the Noteholders to the benefit of any provisions
for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; or 
  
 (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Indenture Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein,
terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive any Noteholder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture. 
  

 46 

 It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of
any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. 
  
 Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall
mail to the Noteholders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. 
  
 SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture
Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture
shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the
Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Noteholders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture
shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. 
  
 SECTION 9.5 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of
any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the
Indenture Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the
Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes. 
  

 47 

 ARTICLE X 
  
 Redemption of Notes 
  
 SECTION 10.1 Redemption. The Indenture Trustee shall, upon receipt of written notice from the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the
Administration Agreement, give prompt written notice to the Noteholders of the occurrence of such event. In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to Section 6.1(a) of the Administration Agreement, that portion of the amounts on
deposit in the Trust Accounts to be distributed to the Noteholders shall be paid to the Noteholders as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8. If amounts are to be paid to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.1, the notice of such event from the
Indenture Trustee to the Noteholders shall include notice of the redemption of Notes by application of such amounts on the next Distribution Date which is not sooner than 15 days after the date of such notice (the “Redemption Date”),
whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date. 
  
 SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice. Notice of redemption under Section 10.1 shall be given by the Indenture Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile, mailed or transmitted on or prior to the applicable
Redemption Date to each Noteholder, as of the close of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Noteholder’s address or facsimile number appearing in the Note Register. 
  
 All notices of redemption shall state: 
  
 (i) the Redemption Date; 
  
 (ii) the Redemption Price; and 
  
 (iii) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for
payment of the Redemption Price (which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2). 
  
 Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Indenture Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of
redemption, or any defect therein, to any Noteholder of any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note. 
  
 SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall on the Redemption Date become due and payable at
the Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for purposes of calculating the
Redemption Price. 
  

 48 

 ARTICLE XI 
  

Miscellaneous 
  
 SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. (a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any
action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies (i) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent
Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any
provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
  
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this indenture shall include: 
  
 (i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such
covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
  
 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such
signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
  
 (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in
addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such
certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited. 
  
 (ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Officers’ Certificate of the
Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer
of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such 

  

 49 

 
withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i)
above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related
Officers’ Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 
  
 (iii) Other than any property released as contemplated by clause (v) below, whenever any property or securities are to be released from
the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such
release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof. 
  
 (iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the
Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Independent
Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property, other than property as contemplated by clause (v) below, or securities released from the lien of this Indenture since the commencement of
the then-current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any release of
property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officers’ Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 
  
 (v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of
this Section, the Issuer may, without compliance with the requirements of the other provisions of this Section, (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Trust Student Loans as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic
Documents, (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents and (C) convey to the Depositor, the Servicer or another eligible lender those specified Trust Student Loans as and to the
extent permitted or required by and in accordance with Section 8.4(c) hereof and Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement or Section 3.11E of the Servicing Agreement, respectively, so long as the Issuer shall deliver
to the Indenture Trustee every six months, commencing [·], an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that all the dispositions of
Collateral described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) above that occurred during the immediately preceding six calendar months were in the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business and that the proceeds thereof were applied in accordance with the
Basic Documents. 
  
 SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered
to Indenture Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters, and one or 

  

 50 

 
more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 

 
 Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with
respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Depositor, the Issuer or the Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Depositor, the Issuer or the
Administrator, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 
  
 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates,
statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
  
 Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the
effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such
certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI. 

 
 SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders. (a) Any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in
person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly
required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of
any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this
Section. 
  
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any person
of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient. 
  
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
  

 51 

 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by any
Noteholder shall bind the Noteholder of every Note issued upon registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
  
 SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or
permitted by this Indenture shall be in writing and if such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders is to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with: 
  
 (a) The Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder, the Servicer, the Administrator
or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office with a copy to: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, New
York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance. 
  
 (b) The Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to: SLM Student Loan Trust
[·], in care of Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, Christiana Center/OPS4, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713,
Attention: Corporate Trust Department; with copies to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 450 West 33rd Street 15th Fl., New York, New York 10001, Attention: Structured Finance Services; and the Administrator, 11600 Sallie Mae Drive, Reston, Virginia 20193,
Attention: ABS Trust Administration, or any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer or the Administrator. The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the Noteholders to the Indenture
Trustee. 
  
 Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies
by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, to (i) in the case of Moody’s, at the following address: ABS Monitoring
Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007, (ii) in the case of S&P, at the following address: 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance Department, 32nd Floor, and (iii) in the case of
Fitch, at the following address: One State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Municipal Structured Finance Group; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

  
 Notices to any Swap Counterparty will be sent to the addresses
set forth in the related Swap Agreement or the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, respectively or such other addresses as may be designated by written notice to the parties to this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event,
such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later

  

 52 

 
than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by
mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given. 
  
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of
notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver. 
  
 In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it
shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be
deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. 
  
 Where this
Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default. 
  
 SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Noteholder providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Noteholder, that is
different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given
in accordance with such agreements. 
  
 SECTION 11.7 Conflict
with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall
control. 
  
 The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317
that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein. 
  
 SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successor and
assigns, whether so expressed 

  

 53 

 
or not. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind the successors, co-trustees and agents (excluding any legal representatives or
accountants) of the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 11.10
Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

  
 SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture. (a) Except as set
forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Noteholders, any other party secured hereunder, and any
other Person with an ownership interest in any part of the Indenture Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
  
 (b) The parties to this Indenture acknowledge and agree that each Swap Counterparty is an intended third party beneficiary
of this Indenture to the extent of its rights hereunder and under the related Swap Agreement entered into by the Issuer from time to time and shall be entitled to enforce such rights. 
  
 (c) The parties to this Indenture acknowledge and agree that SLM Corporation, and any permitted transferee, if applicable,
is an intended third party beneficiary of this Indenture to the extent of its rights with respect to the Call Option as set forth in Section 7 of Appendix A-2 hereto and shall be entitled to enforce such rights. 
  
 SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if
made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date. 
  
 SECTION 11.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN §5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 
  
 SECTION 11.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
  
 SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording
offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the Indenture Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that
such recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other 

  

 54 

 
Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligations. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Depositor, the Administrator, the Servicer, the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in
connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director
or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign thereof in
its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this
Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

  
 SECTION 11.17 No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, by
entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they shall not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, receivership or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this
Indenture or any of the other Basic Documents. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of the Indenture Trustee to file any claim in, or otherwise take any action with respect to, any insolvency proceeding that was instituted against the Issuer by
any Person other than the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 11.18
Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it shall permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and other
papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers, employees,
and Independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. The Indenture Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such information obtained from such
examination or inspection except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that such
disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 11.19 Subordination. All rights and interest of each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty in the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture 

  

 55 

 
shall be fully subordinated to the interests of the Noteholders. No Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty shall have any rights, implied or otherwise, in the
Collateral until after the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 11.19 shall not
modify or otherwise affect the contractual priority of payments set forth in Section 5.4(b) hereof or Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. More specifically, no Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty shall have any voting rights or rights to
exercise any remedies under this Indenture until after the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture. After the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been
reduced to zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture, each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty shall have all of the rights and obligations, including all voting rights, of the Noteholders set forth in this
Indenture. 
  

 56 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized and duly attested, all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·]

	
	By: CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender
Trustee
			
	 By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	 Title:
	 	 
	
	CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee
			
	 By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	 Title:
	 	 
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, not in its individual capacity but solely
as Indenture Trustee
			
	 By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	 Title:
	 	 

  

 57 

 ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFER OF ALL RIGHT, TITLE AND INTEREST IN AND TO THE CALL OPTION CONTAINED
IN, AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN, SECTION 7 OF APPENDIX A-2 TO THIS INDENTURE 
  

					
	 SLM FUNDING LLC

			
	 By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 SLM CORPORATION

			
	 By:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 Name:
	 	 
	 	 	 Title:
	 	 

  

 58 

  
 APPENDIX A-1

  
 DEFINITIONS AND USAGE 
 Series [·] 
  
 Usage 
  
 The following rules of construction and usage shall be applicable to any
instrument that is governed by this appendix (this “Appendix”): 
  
 (a) All terms defined in this Appendix shall have the defined meanings when used in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined
therein. 
  
 (b) As used herein, in any instrument governed hereby
and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Appendix or in any such
instrument, certificate or other document, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of such instrument. To the extent that the definitions of
accounting terms in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Appendix or in any such
instrument, certificate or other document shall control. 
  
 (c)
The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in an instrument refer to such instrument as a whole and not to any particular provision or subdivision thereof; references in an
instrument to “Article,” “Section” or another subdivision or to an attachment are, unless the context otherwise requires, to an article, section or subdivision of or an attachment to such instrument; and the term
“including” means “including without limitation.” 
  
 (d) The definitions contained in this Appendix are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. 
  
 (e) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to below or any
agreement or instrument that is governed by this Appendix means such agreement or instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by assignment, assumption, waiver or
consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also
to its permitted successors and assigns. 
  
 “30/360” means that interest is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. 
  

 Appendix A-1-59 

 “91-day Treasury Bill Rate” means, for any relevant Interest Rate Determination Date,
prior to each Interest Rate Change Date, the rate equal to the weighted average per annum discount rate (expressed as a bond equivalent yield and applied on a daily basis) for direct obligations of the United States with a maturity of thirteen weeks
(“91-day Treasury Bills”) sold at the applicable 91-day Treasury Bill auction, as published in H.15(519) or otherwise or as reported by the U.S. Department of the Treasury. In the event that the results of the auctions of 91-day Treasury
Bills cease to be published or reported as provided above, or that no 91-day Treasury Bill auction is held in a particular week, then the 91-day Treasury Bill Rate in effect as a result of the last such publication or report will remain in effect
until such time, if any, as the results of auctions of 91-day Treasury Bills will again be so published or reported or such auction is held, as the case may be. The 91-day Treasury Bill Rate will be subject to a Lock-In Period of six Business Days.

  
 “Accrual Period” means, with respect to a
Distribution Date and (i) each class of Notes bearing a floating rate of interest (including, without limitation, the Floating Rate Notes), the period from and including the immediately preceding Distribution Date for such class of Notes to but
excluding the then-current Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial such period for the Floating Rate Notes, the period from and including the Closing Date to and including [·]; provided that if more than one Interest Rate Change Date occurs for the Reset Rate Notes bearing a floating rate of interest within any given Accrual Period, the rate of interest
for the entire Accrual Period shall be as specified in the relevant Remarketing Terms Notice; and (ii) the Reset Rate Notes if they then bear a fixed rate of interest and (x) are denominated in U.S. Dollars (including during the initial Reset
Period), the period from and including the 25th day of the month of the immediately preceding Distribution Date, to
and including the 24th day of the month of the then-current Distribution Date for the Reset Rate Notes, or (y) are
denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, (A) the period from and including the 25th day of the month of
the immediately preceding Distribution Date, to and including the 24th day of the month of the then-current
Distribution Date or (B) as otherwise specified on the Schedule A for the Reset Rate Notes; provided, however, that the initial Accrual Period for the Reset Rate Notes will begin on the Closing Date and end on [·] and shall consist of [·] days. 
  
 “Accumulation Account” means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(j) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Actual/360” means that interest is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. 
  
 “Actual/365 (fixed)” means that interest is calculated on
the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 days, regardless of whether accrual or payment occurs in a leap year. 
  
 “Actual/Actual (accrual basis)” means that interest is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365
days, or 366 days for every day in a leap year. 
  

 Appendix A-1-60 

 “Actual/Actual (ISMA)” means a calculation in accordance with the definition of
“Actual/Actual” adopted by the International Securities Market Association (“ISMA”), which means that interest is calculated on the following basis: 
  
 (1) where the number of days in the relevant Accrual Period is equal to or shorter than the Determination
Period during which such Accrual Period ends, the number of days in such Accrual Period divided by the product of (A) the number of days in such Determination Period and (B) the number of Distribution Dates that would occur in one calendar year; or

  
 (2) where the Accrual Period is longer than
the Determination Period during which the Accrual Period ends, the sum of: 
  
 (A) the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the Determination Period in which the Accrual Period begins divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of
Distribution Dates that would occur in one calendar year; and 
  
 (B) the number of days in such Accrual Period falling in the next Determination Period divided by the product of (x) the number of days in such Determination Period and (y) the number of Distribution Dates that would
occur in one calendar year; 
  
 where “Determination Period” means the
period from and including one Calculation Date to but excluding the next Calculation Date and “Calculation Date” means, in each year, each of those days in the calendar year that are specified herein as being the scheduled Distribution
Dates. 
  
 “Actual/Actual (payment basis)” means
that interest is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 days if the interest period ends in a non-leap year, or 366 days if the interest period ends in a leap year, as the case may be. 
  
 “Adjusted Pool Balance” means, for any Distribution Date,
(a) if the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Collection Period is greater than 40% of the Initial Pool Balance, the sum of that Pool Balance and the Specified Reserve Account Balance for that Distribution Date or (b) if the Pool Balance
as of the last day of the related Collection Period is less than or equal to 40% of the Initial Pool Balance, that Pool Balance. 
  
 “Administration Agreement” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of [·], among the Administrator, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trust and the Eligible Lender Trustee, and as such agreement may be further amended or supplemented from time to time.

  
 “Administration Fees” has the meaning
specified in Section 2.14 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Administrator” means Sallie Mae, Inc., in its capacity as administrator of the Trust in accordance with the Administration Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-1-61 

 “Administrator Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 of the Administration
Agreement. 
  
 “Administrator’s Certificate”
means an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
  
 “All Hold Rate” means, if the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in U.S. Dollars during the then-current Reset Period and the immediately
following Reset Period, the applicable Index plus or minus the Spread (if the Reset Rate Notes are in floating rate mode) or the applicable fixed rate, which may be expressed as the fixed rate pricing benchmark plus or minus a spread (if the Reset
Rate Notes are in fixed rate mode), that the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, determine will be effective, unless the Call Option is exercised, in the event that 100% of the Reset Rate Noteholders choose to hold their
Notes for the upcoming Reset Period. The All Hold Rate shall be a rate that the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, and in their good faith determination, believe would result in the remarketing of all of the Reset Rate Notes
at a price equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount thereof. 
  
 “Authorized Officer” means (i) with respect to the Trust, any officer of the Eligible Lender Trustee who is authorized to act for the Eligible Lender Trustee in matters relating to the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents
and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Eligible Lender Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter), (ii) with respect to the
Administrator, any officer of the Administrator or any of its Affiliates who is authorized to act for the Administrator in matters relating to itself or to the Trust and to be acted upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Basic Documents and who
is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter), (iii) with respect to the Depositor, any
officer of the Depositor or any of its Affiliates who is authorized to act for the Depositor in matters relating to or to be acted upon by the Depositor pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers
delivered by the Depositor to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and (iv) with respect to the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is authorized to act for the
Servicer in matters relating to or to be acted upon by the Servicer pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be
modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter). 
  
 “Available Funds” means, as to a Distribution Date or any related Monthly Servicing Payment Date, the sum of the following amounts received with respect to the related Collection 

  

 Appendix A-1-62 

 
Period or, in the case of a Monthly Servicing Payment Date, the applicable portion of these amounts: 
  
 (a) all collections on the Trust Student Loans (including for this purpose,
as to the first Distribution Date, the Collection Account Initial Deposit), including any Guarantee Payments received on the Trust Student Loans, but net of: 
  

(1) any collections in respect of principal on the Trust Student Loans applied by the Trust to repurchase guaranteed loans from the
Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreements, and 
  
 (2) amounts required by the Higher Education Act to be paid to the Department or to be repaid to borrowers, whether or not in the form of a principal reduction of the applicable Trust Student Loan, on the Trust Student Loans for that
Collection Period including Consolidation Loan rebate fees; 
  
 (b) any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments with respect to the Trust Student Loans during that Collection Period; 
  
 (c) all Liquidation Proceeds from any Trust Student Loans which became Liquidated Student Loans during that Collection Period in accordance with the
Servicer’s customary servicing procedures, net of expenses incurred by the Servicer related to their liquidation and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the borrowers on the Liquidated Student Loans, and all Recoveries on Liquidated
Student Loans which were written off in prior Collection Periods or during that Collection Period; 
  
 (d) the aggregate Purchase Amounts received during that Collection Period for those Trust Student Loans repurchased by the Depositor or purchased by the
Servicer or for Trust Student Loans sold to another eligible lender pursuant to Section 3.11E of the Servicing Agreement; 
  
 (e) the aggregate Purchase Amounts received during that Collection Period for those Trust Student Loans purchased by SLMA; 
  
 (f) the aggregate amounts, if any, received from SLMA, the Depositor or the
Servicer, as the case may be, as reimbursement of nonguaranteed interest amounts, or lost Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments, on the Trust Student Loans pursuant to the Sale Agreement or Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement,
respectively; 
  
 (g) amounts received by the Trust pursuant to
Sections 3.1 and 3.12 of the Servicing Agreement during that Collection Period as to yield or principal adjustments; 
  
 (h) any interest remitted by the Administrator to the Collection Account prior to such Distribution Date or Monthly Servicing Payment Date; 
  
 (i) Investment Earnings for that Distribution Date earned on amounts on
deposit in each Trust Account (other than any Other Currency Account); 
  

 Appendix A-1-63 

 (j) amounts transferred from the Remarketing Fee Account in excess of the sum of the Reset Period Target
Amounts for that Distribution Date; 
  
 (k) payments received
under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; 
  
 (l) amounts transferred
from the Reserve Account in excess of the Specified Reserve Account Balance as of that Distribution Date; 
  
 (m) the Investment Premium Purchase Account Release Amount transferred from the Investment Premium Purchase Account on that Distribution Date; 

 
 (n) all amounts on deposit in the Investment Reserve Account not
transferred to an Accumulation Account to offset realized losses on Eligible Investments actually incurred by the Trust as of that Distribution Date; 
  
 (o) all amounts received by the Trust from any Swap Counterparty, but only to the extent paid in U.S. Dollars during that Collection Period; 

 
 (p) all amounts on deposit in the Supplemental Interest Account; and

  
 (q) amounts transferred from the Reserve Account in excess of
the Specified Reserve Account Balance for that Distribution Date; 
  
 provided
that if on any Distribution Date there would not be sufficient funds, after application of Available Funds, as defined above, and application of amounts available from the Capitalized Interest Account and the Reserve Account, in that order,
to pay certain of the items specified in clauses (a) through (e) of Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement (but excluding clause (e), and including clauses (f) and (g) thereof, in the event that a condition exists as described in either clause
(i) or (ii) of the last paragraph of Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement), as set forth in Sections 2.9 and 2.10(a) of the Administration Agreement, relating to such allocations and distributions, then Available Funds for that
Distribution Date will include, in addition to the Available Funds as defined above, amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, or amounts held by the Administrator, or which the Administrator reasonably estimates to be held by the Administrator,
for deposit into the Collection Account which would have constituted Available Funds for the Distribution Date succeeding that Distribution Date, up to the amount necessary to pay such items, and the Available Funds for the succeeding Distribution
Date will be adjusted accordingly. 
  
 “Basic
Documents” means the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Guarantee Agreements, the Note Depository Agreements, any Remarketing Agreement, the
Interest Rate Cap Agreement, any Swap Agreements (including the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement) and other documents and certificates delivered in connection with any such documents. 
  
 “Benefit Plan” has the meaning specified in Exhibit C to the Trust Agreement. 
  
 “Bill of Sale” has the meaning specified in the Purchase
Agreement or the Sale Agreement, as applicable. 
  

 Appendix A-1-64 

 “Book-Entry Note” means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and transfers of
which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Business Day” means (i) with respect to calculating LIBOR of a specified maturity, any day on which banks in New York, New York and
London, England are open for the transaction of international business; and (ii) for all other purposes, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or Wilmington, Delaware
are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
  
 “Call Option” means, the option assigned by the Depositor to SLM Corporation which may be further assigned by SLM Corporation to one of its subsidiaries as a permitted transferee (provided, that no
such subsidiary shall possess the Call Option if it at any time owned an interest in any of the Trust Student Loans) to purchase 100% of the Reset Rate Notes in their entirety as of their Reset Date, exercisable at a price equal 100% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, less all amounts distributed to the Reset Rate Noteholders as a payment of principal in respect of the related Distribution Date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest not paid by the Trust in respect of
the related Distribution Date, and pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Reset Rate Note Procedures. 
  
 “Call Option Notice” means a written notice from the holder of the Call Option or the Administrator, as applicable, stating its desire to
exercise the Call Option on the related Reset Date, delivered to each Clearing Agency, the Indenture Trustee, the Remarketing Agents, the Rating Agencies and, if the Reset Rate Notes are then listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the
Administrator will forward a copy to the Luxembourg Listing Agent (the contents of which are to be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg). 
  
 “Call Rate” means, if the Call Option has been exercised with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, the rate of
interest that is either (1) if the Reset Rate Notes did not have at least one related Swap Agreement in effect during the previous Reset Period, the floating rate applicable for the most recent Reset Period during which the Failed Remarketing Rate
was not in effect; or (2) if the Reset Rate Notes had one or more related Swap Agreements in effect during the previous Reset Period, the weighted average of the floating rates of interest that were due to the related Interest Rate Swap
Counterparties from the Trust during the previous Reset Period. The Call Rate will continue to apply for each Reset Period while the holder of the Call Option retains the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Capitalized Interest Account” means the account designated
as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(h) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit” means $[·]. 
  
 “Carryover
Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Attachment A to the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Class A Note” means, a Class A-[·] Note, a Class A-[·] Note, or a Class A-[·] Note. 
  

 Appendix A-1-65 

 “Class A Note Interest Shortfall” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (1) the
excess of (x) the Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount on the preceding Distribution Date, over (y) the amount of interest actually distributed to the Class A Noteholders on the preceding Distribution Date, plus (2) interest on the
amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the interest rate applicable for each such Class of Notes from the preceding Distribution Date to the current Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class A Note Principal Shortfall” means, as of the close of any Distribution Date, the excess of (i) the
Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount on that Distribution Date, over (ii) the amount of principal actually distributed to the Class A Noteholders or deposited into the Accumulation Account on such Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class A Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class
A Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  
 “Class A
Noteholders’ Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of the Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount and the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount for that Distribution Date.

  
 “Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution
Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of: (1) the amount of interest accrued at the Class A-[·] Rate, the Class
A-[·] Rate, or the Class A-[·] Rate, as
applicable, for the related Accrual Period on the Outstanding Amount of all classes of Class A Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date(s) after giving effect to all principal distributions to Class A Noteholders on that preceding
Distribution Date or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the Closing Date, and (2) the Class A Note Interest Shortfall for that Distribution Date. 
  

“Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the Principal Distribution Amount times
the Class A Percentage for that Distribution Date, plus any Class A Note Principal Shortfall as of the close of business on the preceding Distribution Date; provided that the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed
the Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes (less all amounts, other than Investment Earnings, on deposit in the Accumulation Account). In addition, on the Class A-[·] Maturity Date, the Class A-[·] Maturity Date, or the Class A-[·] Maturity Date, as applicable, the principal required to be distributed to the related Class A Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the Outstanding Amount of that
class to zero. 
  
 “Class A Notes” means the
Floating Rate Class A Notes and the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Class A Percentage” means 100% minus the Class B Percentage. 
  
 “Class A-[·] Maturity Date” means the [·] Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class A-[·] Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-[·] Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  

 Appendix A-1-66 

 “Class A-[·] Notes” means the $[·] Floating Rate Class A-[·] Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-[·] thereto. 
  
 “Class A-[·] Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period,
Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date, plus [·]%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual
Period, the Class A-[·] Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus [·]%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
  
 “Class A-[·] Rate” means, for any Accrual Period until and including the Initial Reset Date
for the Class A-[·] Notes, [·]% per annum,
based on a 30/360 accrual method with the initial Accrual Period consisting of [·] days. The Class A-[·] Rate shall be changed on each related Reset Date to the interest rate and Day Count Basis that will be set forth in the notice required to be delivered by the Administrator and/or
the Remarketing Agents on each Remarketing Terms Determination Date and Spread Determination Date, as applicable, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Reset Rate Note Procedures. 
  
 “Class B Maturity Date” means the [·] Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B Note Interest Shortfall” means, for any Distribution Date, (1) the excess of (x) the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount on the preceding Distribution Date, over (y) the amount of interest
actually distributed to the Class B Noteholders on that preceding Distribution Date, plus (2) interest on the amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the Class B Rate from that preceding Distribution Date to the current
Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B Note Principal
Shortfall” means, as of the close of any Distribution Date, the excess of (i) the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount on that Distribution Date over (ii) the amount of principal actually distributed to the Class B
Noteholders on that Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B
Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  
 “Class B Noteholders’ Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of the Class B Noteholders’ Interest
Distribution Amount and the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount for that Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of (1) the amount of interest accrued
at the Class B Rate for the related Accrual Period on the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date), after giving effect to all principal
distributions to Class B Noteholders on that preceding Distribution Date, and (2) the Class B Note Interest Shortfall for that Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the Principal Distribution Amount times the
Class B Percentage for that Distribution Date, plus any Class B Note Principal Shortfall as of the close of business on the preceding Distribution 

  

 Appendix A-1-67 

 
Date; provided that the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes. In
addition, on the Class B Maturity Date, the principal required to be distributed to the Class B Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes to zero. 
  
 “Class B Notes” means the $[·] Class B Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-[·] thereto. 
  
 “Class B Percentage” with respect to any Distribution Date, means (1) prior to the Stepdown Date or with respect to any Distribution Date on which a Trigger Event is in effect, zero; and (2) on and
after the Stepdown Date and provided that no Trigger Event is in effect, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal balance of the Class B Notes immediately prior to that Distribution Date and the
denominator of which is Outstanding Amount of the Notes, less all amounts (other than Investment Earnings) on deposit in the Accumulation Account, immediately prior to that Distribution Date. 
  
 “Class B Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the
initial Accrual Date, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the related LIBOR Determination Date, plus [·]%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method.
For the initial Accrual Period, the Class B Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus [·]%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 

 
 “Clearing Agency” means DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as
applicable, or another organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to applicable law. The initial Clearing Agency for the Notes shall be DTC and the initial nominee for such Clearing Agency shall be Cede & Co. The Clearing
Agencies for the Reset Rate Notes (i) for any Reset Period when they are not denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be Euroclear and Clearstream and the initial joint nominee for such Clearing Agencies shall be Deutsche Bank London AG Depository
(Nominees) Limited, and (ii) for any Reset Period when they are denominated in U.S. Dollars shall be DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable. 
  
 “Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a
Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency. 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg. 
  
 “Closing Date” means [·]. 
  
 “CMT Rate” means, for any relevant Interest Rate Determination Date prior to each Interest Rate Change Date, the rate displayed on the applicable Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page shown below by 3:00 p.m., New York
City time, on that Interest Rate Determination Date under the caption “. . . Treasury Constant Maturities . . . Federal Reserve Board Release H.15 . . . Mondays Approximately 3:45 p.m.,” under the column for: (i) if the Designated CMT
Moneyline Telerate Page is 7051, the rate on that Interest Rate Determination Date; or (ii) if the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page is 7052, the average for the week, the month or the quarter, as specified on the Remarketing Terms
Determination Date, ended immediately before the week in which the Interest Rate Determination Date occurs. The 

  

 Appendix A-1-68 

 
following procedures will apply if the CMT Rate cannot be determined as described above: (i) if the rate described above is not displayed on the relevant
page by 3:00 p.m., New York City time on that Interest Rate Determination Date, unless the calculation is made earlier and the rate is available from that source at that time on that Interest Rate Determination Date, then the CMT Rate will be the
Treasury constant maturity rate having the designated index maturity, as published in H.15(519) or another recognized electronic source for displaying the rate, (ii) if the applicable rate described above is not published in H.15(519) or another
recognized electronic source for displaying such rate by 3:00 p.m., New York City time on that Interest Rate Determination Date, unless the calculation is made earlier and the rate is available from one of those sources at that time, then the CMT
Rate will be the Treasury constant maturity rate, or other United States Treasury rate, for the index maturity and with reference to the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date, that is published by either the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or the United States Department of the Treasury and that the Administrator determines to be comparable to the rate formerly displayed on the Designated CMT Moneyline Telerate Page shown above and published in H.15(519), (iii) if the
rate described in the prior paragraph cannot be determined, then the Administrator will determine the CMT Rate to be a yield to maturity based on the average of the secondary market closing offered rates as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City
time, on the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date reported, according to their written records, by leading primary United States government securities dealers in New York City. The Administrator will select five such securities dealers and will
eliminate the highest and lowest quotations or, in the event of equality, one of the highest and lowest quotations, for the most recently issued direct noncallable fixed rate obligations of the United States Treasury (“Treasury Notes”)
with an original maturity of approximately the designated index maturity and a remaining term to maturity of not less than the designated index maturity minus one year in a representative amount, (iv) if the Administrator cannot obtain three
Treasury Note quotations of the kind described above in (iii), the Administrator will determine the CMT Rate to be the yield to maturity based on the average of the secondary market bid rates for Treasury Notes with an original maturity longer than
the designated CMT index maturity which have a remaining term to maturity closest to the designated CMT index maturity and in a representative amount, as of approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Rate Determination
Date of leading primary United States government securities dealers in New York City. In selecting these offered rates, the Administrator will request quotations from at least five such securities dealers and will disregard the highest quotation (or
if there is equality, one of the highest) and the lowest quotation (or if there is equality, one of the lowest). If two Treasury Notes with an original maturity longer than the designated CMT index maturity have remaining terms to maturity that are
equally close to the designated CMT index maturity, the Administrator will obtain quotations for the Treasury Note with the shorter remaining term to maturity, (v) if three or four but not five leading primary United States government securities
dealers are quoting as described in the prior paragraph, then the CMT Rate for the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date will be based on the average of the bid rates obtained and neither the highest nor the lowest of those quotations will be
eliminated, or (vi) if fewer than three leading primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Administrator are quoting as described in (v) above, the CMT Rate will remain the CMT Rate then in effect on that Interest Rate
Determination Date. 
  
 “Code” means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. 
  

 Appendix A-1-69 

 “Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of the Indenture.

  
 “Collection Account” means the account
designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(f) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Collection Account Initial Deposit” means $[·]. 
  
 “Collection
Period” means, with respect to the first Distribution Date, the period beginning on the Cutoff Date and ending on [·], and with respect to
each subsequent Distribution Date, the Collection Period means the three calendar months immediately following the end of the previous Collection Period. 
  
 “Commercial Paper Rate” means, for any relevant Interest Rate Determination Date prior to each Interest Rate Change Date, the Bond
Equivalent Yield shown below of the rate for 90-day commercial paper, as published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on that Interest Rate Determination Date under the heading “Commercial Paper—Financial”. If the
rate described above is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on that Interest Rate Determination Date, unless the calculation is made earlier and the rate was available from that source at that time, then the Commercial Paper
Rate will be the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date, for commercial paper having the index maturity specified on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date, as published in H.15 Daily Update or any other
recognized electronic source used for displaying that rate under the heading “Commercial Paper—Financial”. For purposes of the definition of “Commercial Paper Rate”, the “Bond Equivalent Yield” equals
[(NxD)]/[360(Dx90)] times 100, where “D” refers to the per annum rate determined as set forth above, quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be. If the rate
described above cannot be determined, the Commercial Paper Rate will remain the commercial paper rate then in effect on that Interest Rate Determination Date. Unless otherwise specified on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date, the Commercial
Paper Rate will be subject to a Lock-In Period of six Business Days. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Consolidation Loans” means Student Loans made in accordance with the Section 428C of the Higher Education Act. 
  

“Corporate Trust Office” means (i) with respect to the Indenture Trustee, the principal office of the Indenture Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the Closing Date is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Corporate Trust Group (telephone: (212) 250-2894, facsimile: (212) 797-8606)
or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders and the Depositor, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee (the address of which the successor
Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders, the Administrator and the Depositor) and (ii) with respect to the Eligible Lender Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Eligible Lender Trustee located at Christiana Center/OPS4, 500
Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention: Corporate Trust Department (telephone: (302) 552-6279; facsimile: (302) 552-6280); or at such other 

  

 Appendix A-1-70 

 
address as the Eligible Lender Trustee may designate by notice to the Depositor, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Eligible Lender
Trustee (the address of which the successor Eligible Lender Trustee will notify the Administrator and the Depositor). 
  
 “Cross-Currency Swap Agreements” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes in Foreign Exchange Mode, each Swap Agreement between the
Trust and the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty which (a) converts its specified percentage of all payments of U.S. Dollars by the Trust to the Reset Rate Noteholders into the applicable currency, and (b) pays to the Paying Agent, on behalf
of the Trust, for the benefit of the tendering Reset Rate Noteholders, its specified percentage of required additional interest at the interest rate applicable to the tendered Reset Rate Notes resulting from any required delay in Reset Date payments
through Euroclear and Clearstream. 
  
 “Cross-Currency
Swap Counterparty” means each Eligible Swap Counterparty which is a party, in its capacity as swap counterparty, to the related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Custodian” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Cutoff Date” means [·]. 
  
 “Day Count Basis” means 30/360, Actual/360, Actual/365 (fixed), Actual/Actual (accrual basis), Actual/Actual (ISMA) or Actual/Actual (payment basis), as applicable, or any other day count basis set forth in the Remarketing
Terms Notice. 
  
 “Default” means any occurrence
that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default. 
  
 “Definitive Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12, Part V of the Delaware Code, entitled “Treatment of Delaware Statutory
Trusts”. 
  
 “Delivery” when used with
respect to Trust Account Property means: 
  
 (a) with respect to
bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute “instruments” within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC and are susceptible of physical delivery, transfer
thereof to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank,
and, with respect to a certificated security (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(3) of the UCC) transfer thereof (i) by delivery of such certificated security endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian
or endorsed in blank to a securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) and the making by such securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated securities as belonging to the
Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian and the sending by such securities intermediary of a confirmation of the purchase of such certificated security by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian, or (ii) by delivery thereof to a
“clearing corporation” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC) and the making by such 

  

 Appendix A-1-71 

 
clearing corporation of appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate securities account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate
securities account of a securities intermediary by the amount of such certificated security, the identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated securities for the sole and exclusive account of the securities intermediary, the
maintenance of such certificated securities by such clearing corporation or the nominee of either subject to the clearing corporation’s exclusive control, the sending of a confirmation by the securities intermediary of the purchase by the
Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian of such securities and the making by such securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated securities as belonging to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or
custodian (all of the foregoing, but not including Trust Student Loans, “Physical Property”); and such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust
Account Property to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof; 
  

(b) with respect to any security issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
or the Federal National Mortgage Association that is a book-entry security held at a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations, the following procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable Federal
regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: the crediting of such book-entry security to an appropriate book-entry account of the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or the custodian or securities intermediary at a Federal Reserve Bank, causing the
custodian to continuously indicate by book-entry such book-entry security as credited to the relevant book-entry account, the continuous crediting of such book-entry security to a securities account of the custodian at such Federal Reserve Bank and
the continuous identification of such book-entry security by the custodian as credited to the appropriate book-entry account; and 
  
 (c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not governed by clause
(b) above, registration on the books and records of the issuer thereof in the name of the securities intermediary, the sending of a confirmation by the securities intermediary of the purchase by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian of
such uncertificated security, the making by such securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such uncertificated certificates as belonging to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian. 
  
 “Department” means the United States Department of
Education, an agency of the Federal government. 
  
 “Depositor” means SLM Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns, including for such purpose, a permitted transferee of all of SLM Funding LLC’s right, title and interest in the
Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 “Depository
Agreements” means the Note Depository Agreements. 
  
 “Determination Date” means, with respect to the Collection Period preceding any Distribution Date, the first Business Day preceding such Distribution Date. 
  

 Appendix A-1-72 

 “Distribution Date” means for any class of Notes, the 25th day of each of January,
April, July and October, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing on [·]. 
  
 “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company, or any successor
thereto. 
  
 “Eligible Deposit Account” means (i)
with respect to the Trust Accounts other than any Other Currency Account, either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under
the laws of the United States of America or any one of the States or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the
securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from Moody’s, S&P, and, if such institution is rated by Fitch, Fitch, in one of their generic rating categories which signifies investment grade and (ii) with respect to any
Other Currency Account, a segregated account with the London Paying Agent.  
  
 “Eligible Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the States or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank) (i) which has (A) either a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “AAA” or a short-term senior unsecured debt or certificate of deposit rating of “A-1+” or better by S&P and (B)(1) a long-term senior unsecured debt
rating of “A1” or better and (2) a short-term senior unsecured debt rating of “P-1” or better by Moody’s, and (C) if such institution is rated by Fitch, a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “AA” or a
short-term senior unsecured debt rating of “F-1+”, or any other long-term, short-term or certificate of deposit rating with respect to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. If
so qualified, the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Indenture Trustee may be considered an Eligible Institution. 
  
 “Eligible Investments” means book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or
registered form which evidence: 
  
 (a) direct obligations
of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of America, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, SLMA, or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; provided that obligations of, or guaranteed by, the Government National Mortgage Association, the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association or SLMA shall be Eligible Investments only if, at the time of investment, they meet the criteria of each of the Rating Agencies for collateral for securities having
ratings equivalent to the respective ratings of the Notes in effect at the Closing Date; 
  
 (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of a
foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by Federal or state banking or depository institution authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation
referred to in 

  

 Appendix A-1-73 

 
clause (a) above or portion of such obligation for the benefit of the holders of such depository receipts); provided that at the time of the
investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than
such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall have a credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby;

  
 (c) commercial paper having, at the time of the investment, a
rating from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby; 
  
 (d) investments in money market funds having a rating from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby (including funds for which the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or the
Eligible Lender Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates is investment manager or advisor); 
  
 (e) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (b) above; 
  
 (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct
obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a
depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (b) above; 
  
 (g) asset-backed securities, including asset-backed securities issued by Affiliates, or entities formed by Affiliates, of SLMA, but excluding mortgage-backed securities, that at the time of investment have a rating in
the highest investment category granted by each of the Rating Agencies; provided that the purchase price of any such asset-backed security in excess of par must be paid for with amounts on deposit in the Investment Premium Purchase Account;

  
 (h) Eligible Repurchase Obligations; and 
  
 (i) any other investment which would not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of any rating of the Notes by any of the Rating Agencies as affirmed in writing delivered to the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 For purposes of the definition of “Eligible Investments” the phrase “highest investment category” means (i) in the case of Fitch, “AAA” for
long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “F-1+” for short-term investments (or the equivalent), (ii) in the case of Moody’s, “Aaa” for long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “P-1” for short-term
investments (or the equivalent), and (iii) in the case of S&P, “AAA” for long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “A-1+” for short-term investments (or the equivalent). A proposed investment not rated by Fitch but rated
in the highest investment category by Moody’s and S&P shall be considered to be rated by each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby. 
  
 “Eligible Lender Trustee” means Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, a national banking
association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee 

  

 Appendix A-1-74 

 
under the Trust Agreement. “Eligible Lender Trustee” shall also mean each successor Eligible Lender Trustee as of the qualification of such
successor as Eligible Lender Trustee under the Trust Agreement. 
  
 “Eligible Loans” has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement or the Sale Agreement, as applicable. 
  
 “Eligible Repo Counterparty” means an institution that is an eligible lender (under the Family Federal Family Education Loan Program) or
that holds Student Loans through an eligible lender trustee and whose short-term debt ratings are not less than “P-1” by Moody’s, “A-1” by S&P and “F-1” by Fitch, if rated by Fitch. 
  
 “Eligible Repurchase Obligations” means repurchase
obligations with respect to Student Loans serviced by the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof, entered into with an Eligible Repo Counterparty, provided that the applicable repurchase date shall occur no later than the Business Day prior to the next
Distribution Date. 
  
 “Eligible Swap
Counterparty” means an entity, which may be an affiliate of a Remarketing Agent, engaged in the business of entering into derivative instrument contracts that satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. 
  
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended. 
  
 “Euroclear” means the
Euroclear System, or any successor thereto. 
  
 “European
Clearing Systems” means Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Excess Distribution Certificate” means the certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement, evidencing the
right to receive payments thereon as set forth in Sections 2.8(p), 2.9(f) and 2.10(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent” means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.13(g) of the
Trust Agreement, which shall initially be the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 “Excess Distribution Certificate Register” and “Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar” mean the register mentioned and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.13(c) of the Trust Agreement.

  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Executive Officer”
means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of such
corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner thereof. 
  

 Appendix A-1-75 

 “Expenses” means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims,
actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Eligible
Lender Trustee or any of its officers, directors or agents in any way relating to or arising out of the Trust Agreement, the other Basic Documents, the Trust Estate, the administration of the Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the Eligible
Lender Trustee under the Trust Agreement or the other Basic Documents. 
  
 “Extension Rate” means, for each Distribution Date following a Failed Remarketing if the Reset Rate Notes are then in Foreign Exchange Mode, the rate of interest payable to each related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, not
to exceed Three-Month LIBOR plus [·]%, unless the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, determine that market conditions or
some other benefit to the Trust requires a higher rate; provided that in such case the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. 
  
 “Failed Remarketing” means, on any Reset Date for the Reset Rate Notes, the situation where: 
  
 (a) the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, cannot
establish one or more of the terms required to be set on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date; 
  
 (b) the Remarketing Agents are unable to establish the Spread or fixed rate on the Spread Determination Date; 
  
 (c) either the Remarketing Agents are unable to remarket some or all of the
tendered Reset Rate Notes at the Spread or fixed rate established on the Spread Determination Date, or any committed purchasers default on their purchase obligations and in their sole discretion, the Remarketing Agents elect not to purchase those
Reset Rate Notes themselves; 
  
 (d) the Remarketing Agents, in
consultation with the Administrator, are unable to obtain one or more Swap Agreements meeting the required criteria, if applicable; 
  
 (e) any of the conditions specified in Section 8 of the Remarketing Agreement are not satisfied; or 
  
 (f) any applicable Rating Agency Condition has not been satisfied.

  
 “Failed Remarketing Rate” means, for any
Reset Period when the Reset Rate Notes are then denominated in U.S. Dollars, Three-Month LIBOR plus [·]%; and for the Reset Rate Notes while in
Foreign Exchange Mode, as will be determined on the Spread Determination Date pursuant to the terms of the related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement. 
  
 “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 
  
 “Federal Funds Rate” means the rate set forth for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds
(effective)” in the weekly statistical release designated H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If such rate is 

  

 Appendix A-1-76 

 
not published in the relevant H.15(519) for any day, the rate for such day shall be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight
Federal Funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. New York City time on that day by each of four leading brokers in such transactions located in New York City selected by the Administrator. The Federal Funds rate for each Saturday and Sunday and for any
other that is not a Business Day shall be the Federal Funds Rate for the preceding Business Day as determined above. 
  
 “Fitch” means Fitch Inc., also known as Fitch Ratings, or any successor rating agency. 
  
 “Floating Rate Class A Notes” means the Class
A-[·] Notes, Class A-[·] Notes, and Class
A-[·] Notes. 
  
 “Floating Rate Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Floating Rate Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  
 “Floating Rate Notes” means the Floating Rate Class A Notes
and the Class B Notes. 
  
 “Foreign Exchange
Mode” means that the Reset Rate Notes are then denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars during the related Reset Period. 
  
 “GBP-LIBOR” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, will be the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Pounds Sterling having
the specified maturity commencing on the first day of the Accrual Period, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on the related GBP-LIBOR Determination Date. If an applicable rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the
rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Pounds Sterling, having the specified maturity and in a principal amount of not less than £1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on
that GBP-LIBOR Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks. The Administrator will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If the Reference Banks
provide at least two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If the Reference Banks provide fewer than two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by prime banks in
London, selected by the Administrator, at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on that GBP-LIBOR Determination Date, for loans in Pounds Sterling to leading European banks having the specified maturity and in a principal amount of not less than
£1,000,000. If the banks selected as described above are not providing quotations, GPB-LIBOR in effect for the applicable Accrual Period will be GBP-LIBOR for the specified maturity in effect for the previous Accrual Period. For any
GBP-LIBOR-based notes, interest due for any accrual period always will be determined based on the actual number of days elapsed in the accrual period over a 365-day year. 
  
 “GBP-LIBOR Determination Date” means, for each Accrual Period, the second Settlement Day before the
beginning of that Accrual Period. 
  
 “Global Note
Certificate” means a global note certificate representing interests in the Reset Rate Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S, as applicable. 
  

 Appendix A-1-77 

 “Grant” means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, release,
convey, assign, transfer, create and grant a lien upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to the Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include
all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the
Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise
and generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto. 
  
 “Guarantee Agreement” means any agreement between any Guarantor and the Eligible Lender Trustee providing for the payment by the
Guarantor of amounts authorized to be paid pursuant to the Higher Education Act to holders of qualifying Student Loans guaranteed in accordance with the Higher Education Act by such Guarantor. 
  
 “Guarantee Payment” means any payment made by a Guarantor
pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement in respect of a Trust Student Loan. 
  
 “Guarantor” means any entity listed on Attachment B (as amended from time to time) to the Sale Agreement or the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of
the United States Federal Reserve System. 
  
 “H.15 Daily
Update” means the daily update for H.15(519), available through the world wide web site of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update, or any successor site or
publications. 
  
 “Higher Education Act” means
the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, together with any rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder. 
  
 “Hold Notice” means a written statement (or an oral statement confirmed in writing, which may be by e-mail) from a holder or beneficial
owner of a Reset Rate Note delivered to a Remarketing Agent that such holder or beneficial owner desires to hold its Reset Rate Notes for the upcoming Reset Period and affirmatively agrees to receive a rate of interest of not less than the
applicable All Hold Rate during that Reset Period. 
  
 “Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of [·], among the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Trust and
the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 “Indenture Trust
Estate” means all money, instruments, rights and other property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders and, as applicable, each Swap Counterparty
(including all Collateral Granted to the Indenture Trustee), including all proceeds thereof. 
  
 “Indenture Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture. 
  

 Appendix A-1-78 

 “Independent” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the Person (a)
is in fact independent of the Trust, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Trust, any
such other obligor, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Trust, any such other obligor, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter,
underwriter, placement agent, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions. 
  
 “Independent Certificate” means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in,
and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture, made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and
such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof. 
  
 “Index” or “Indices” means LIBOR, GBP-LIBOR, a Commercial Paper Rate, the CMT Rate, the
Federal Funds Rate, the 91-day Treasury Bill Rate, the Prime Rate or any other interest rate index specified in Schedule A to the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Index Maturity” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, the interval between Interest Rate Change Dates for each applicable Index
during such Accrual Period, commencing on the first day of that Accrual Period. 
  
 “Initial Accrual Rate” means for each class of Notes (other than the Reset Rate Notes during their initial Reset Period) and the Accrual Period commencing on the Closing Date to, but excluding, the
first Distribution Date, the rate per annum as determined on the related Determination Date, as follows: 
  
 X + [[·]/[·] * (Y - X)] 
  
 where: 
  
 X = [·]-Month LIBOR, and 
 Y = [·]-Month LIBOR 
  
 “Initial
Interest Rate Swap Agreement” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, the Swap Agreement, dated as of [·] between the Trust and the
Initial Interest Rate Swap Counterparty. 
  
 “Initial
Interest Rate Swap Counterparty” means, [·]. 
  
 “Initial Pool Balance” means the Pool Balance as of the Cutoff Date, which is $[·]. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means, collectively, [·] 
  
 “Initial Remarketing Agency Agreement” means each agreement, substantially in the form of Appendix B to the
Remarketing Agreement to be entered into on each Remarketing 

  

 Appendix A-1-79 

 
Terms Determination Date (unless the Call Option has been exercised) among the Remarketing Agents, the Administrator and the Trust. 
  
 “Initial Reset Date” means, for the Reset Rate Notes, the
Distribution Date in [·]. 
  
 “Initial Reset Date Notice” means the written notice delivered pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Reset Rate Note Procedures. 
  
 “Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified
Person, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up
or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, which decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by
such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Interest Rate Cap Agreement” means the agreement between the Trust and the Interest Rate Cap Swap Counterparty, dated [·], documented under a 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border), including the related schedule and confirmation, providing for certain payments
to the Trust, in the amounts and under the conditions set forth therein, which will terminate in accordance with its terms on or before the [·]
Distribution Date. 
  
 “Interest Rate Cap
Confirmation” means the confirmation executed under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, dated as of [·], representing the interest rate cap
in a notional amount of $[·]. 
  
 “Interest Rate Cap Swap Counterparty” means [·] and any successors or permitted assigns. 
  
 “Interest Rate Change Date” means for each Accrual Period, the date or dates, based on the applicable Index, on which the rate of interest for the Reset Rate Notes bearing interest at a floating rate
is to be reset. 
  
 “Interest Rate Determination
Date” means, for each Accrual Period, and (i) for the Reset Rate Notes that bear interest at a LIBOR or GBP-LIBOR-based rate, the related LIBOR or GBP-LIBOR Determination Date, as applicable, or (ii) for the Reset Rate Notes that bear
interest at a floating rate that is not LIBOR-based, the applicable date or dates set forth in the Remarketing Terms Notice, on which the applicable rate of interest to be in effect as of the next Interest Rate Change Date will be determined by the
Administrator. 
  

 Appendix A-1-80 

 “Interest Rate Swap Agreement” means, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement and with
respect to the Reset Rate Notes during any Reset Period when they are denominated in U.S. Dollars and (i) bear a fixed rate of interest (or bear interest based on LIBOR or a U.S. Commercial Paper Rate, if a Swap Agreement is to be entered into per
the Reset Rate Note Procedures), or (ii) bear interest based on an index other than LIBOR or a U.S. Commercial Paper Rate, any Swap Agreement between the Trust and an Eligible Swap Counterparty, to hedge the basis risk during the Reset Period.

  
 “Interest Rate Swap Counterparty” means the
Initial Interest Rate Swap Counterparty and each additional Eligible Swap Counterparty with which the Trust enters into an Interest Rate Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Interest Subsidy Payments” means payments, designated as such, consisting of interest subsidies by the Department in respect of the
Trust Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance with the Higher Education Act. 
  
 “Interim Eligible Lender Trustee” means Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, not in its
individual capacity but solely as Interim Eligible Lender Trustee under the Interim Trust Agreement. “Interim Eligible Lender Trustee” shall also mean each successor Interim Eligible Lender Trustee as of the qualification of such Interim
Eligible Lender Trustee under the Interim Trust Agreement. 
  
 “Interim Trust Agreement” means the Interim Trust Agreement, dated as of [·], between the Depositor and the Interim
Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  
 “Interim Trust
Loans” has the meaning set forth in the Interim Trust Agreement. 
  
 “Investment Earnings” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the Investment Earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts to be deposited into the
Collection Account on or prior to such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Investment Premium Purchase Account” means an account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(l) of the
Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Investment Premium Purchase
Account Deposit Amount” means, with respect to each Distribution Date when funds are deposited into the Accumulation Account, an amount equal to 1.00% of the amount deposited into the Accumulation Account on such Distribution Date. 

  
 “Investment Premium Purchase Account Release
Amount” means, with respect to any Distribution Date that is one year or less prior to a Reset Date relating to the Reset Rate Notes for which funds are then on deposit in the Accumulation Account, the amount, if any, to be withdrawn from
the Investment Premium Purchase Account so that the remaining funds on deposit in such Investment Premium Purchase Account will be equal to the lesser of (a) 1.00% of the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Account, and (b) the amount then on
deposit the Investment Premium Purchase Account; provided that on any Distribution Date that is also a Reset Date for the Reset Rate Notes for which amounts are then on deposit in the Accumulation Account, all Investment Premium Purchase Account
Deposit Amounts relating to such 

  

 Appendix A-1-81 

 
Accumulation Account that remain on deposit in the Investment Premium Purchase Account will become part of the Investment Premium Purchase Account Release
Amount on such Distribution Date. 
  
 “Investment Reserve
Account” means an account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(m) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Investment Reserve Account Required Amount” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, immediately following the date when the
ratings of any Eligible Investment in the Accumulation Account has been downgraded by one or more Rating Agencies, an amount (to the extent of Available Funds), to be set by each applicable Rating Agency in satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition (but not to exceed the amount of the unrealized loss on the related Eligible Investment). 
  
 “Issuer” means the Trust and, for purposes of any provision contained in the Indenture and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the
Notes. 
  
 “Issuer Order” and “Issuer
Request” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 “LIBOR” means Three-Month LIBOR and Two-Month LIBOR, as applicable. 
  
 “LIBOR Determination Date” means, for each Accrual Period,
the second Business Day before the beginning of that Accrual Period. 
  
 “Lien” means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens and any other liens, if any, which attach to the respective Trust Student Loan by operation of law as a result
of any act or omission by the related Obligor. 
  
 “Liquidated Student Loan” means any defaulted Trust Student Loan liquidated by the Servicer (which shall not include any Trust Student Loan on which Guarantee Payments are received) or which the Servicer has, after using
all reasonable efforts to realize upon such Trust Student Loan, determined to charge off. 
  
 “Liquidation Proceeds” means, with respect to any Liquidated Student Loan which became a Liquidated Student Loan during the current Collection Period in accordance with the Servicer’s customary
servicing procedures, the moneys collected in respect of the liquidation thereof from whatever source, other than Recoveries, net of the sum of any amounts expended by the Servicer in connection with such liquidation and any amounts required by law
to be remitted to the Obligor on such Liquidated Student Loan. 
  
 “Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “Lock-In Period” means a period from the first day of such Lock-In Period (which may be expressed as a number of Business Days prior to a
Distribution Date) to the immediately succeeding Interest Payment Date during which the interest rate, Index or other calculation in effect on the first day of such Lock-In Period shall remain in effect for every day in such Lock-In Period.

  

 Appendix A-1-82 

 “London Paying Agent” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes while in Foreign
Exchange Mode, the Indenture Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of the Indenture and is authorized by the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust to make the
payments to and distributions from the Other Currency Account and shall initially be Deutsche Bank London AG. 
  
 “Luxembourg Listing Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 
  
 “Luxembourg Paying Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 
  
 “Minimum Purchase Amount” means an amount that would be
sufficient to (i) reduce the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes, less the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Account with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, on such Distribution Date to zero and (ii) pay to the respective Noteholders the
Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount and the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount payable on such Distribution Date. 
  
 “Monthly Servicing Payment Date” means the 25th day of each calendar month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing on [·]. 
  
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor rating agency. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Global Note Certificates” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Rule 144 A Global Note Certificate” has the
meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Note” and “Notes” means any of the Floating Rate Notes and the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Note Depository Agreements” means with respect to the Notes, the Letter of Representations, dated [·], among the Trust, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in favor of DTC, and with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, the Instruction Letter from Issuer to Common
Depositary, dated [·] between the Trust and Deutsche Bank London AG Depository (Nominees) Limited. 
  
 “Note Final Maturity Date” for a class of Notes means the
Class A-[·] Maturity Date or the Class B Maturity Date, as applicable. 
  
 “Note Interest Shortfall” means the Class A Note Interest Shortfall, if any, and/or the Class B Note
Interest Shortfall, as applicable. 
  
 “Note
Owner” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the applicable Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency
(directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency). 
  

 Appendix A-1-83 

 “Note Pool Factor” means, as of the close of business on a Distribution Date, a
seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Outstanding Amount of a class of Notes divided by the original Outstanding Amount of such class of Notes. The Note Pool Factor for each class will be 1.0000000 as of the Closing Date; thereafter, the Note Pool
Factor for each class will decline to reflect reductions in the Outstanding Amount of that class of Notes. 
  
 “Note Purchase Agreement” means the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of [·], among the Depositor, the Seller and the Initial Purchasers. 
  
 “Note Rates” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, the Class A-[·] Rate and the Class B Rate for such Accrual Period, collectively. 
  
 “Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.4 of the Indenture. 

 
 “Noteholder” means a Floating Rate Noteholder, a Class A
Noteholder, a Reset Rate Noteholder or a Class B Noteholder, as the context requires. 
  
 “Notes” means the Class A-[·] Notes and the Class B Notes, collectively. 
  
 “Notice Date” means, for the Reset Rate Notes, 12:00 p.m.
(noon), New York City time, on the sixth day prior to the Reset Date. 
  
 “Obligor” on a Trust Student Loan means the borrower or co-borrowers of such Trust Student Loan and any other Person who owes payments in respect of such Trust Student Loan, including the Guarantor thereof and, with respect
to any Interest Subsidy Payment or Special Allowance Payment, if any, thereon, the Department. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means (i) in the case of the Trust, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of the Eligible Lender Trustee, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture, and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and (ii) in the case of the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of
the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, as applicable. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means (i) with respect to the Trust, one or more written opinions of counsel who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Eligible Lender Trustee,
the Trust, the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor and who shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, and which opinion or opinions shall be addressed to the Indenture Trustee as Indenture Trustee, shall comply with any applicable
requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, and (ii) with respect to the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, one or more written opinions of counsel who may be an
employee of or counsel to the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, which counsel shall be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  

 Appendix A-1-84 

 “Origination Fee” means the origination fee payable to the Department by the lender with
respect to any Trust Student Loan made on or after October 1, 1993, equal to 0.50% of the initial principal balance of such loan. 
  
 “Other Currency Account” means each account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(n) of the
Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Outstanding”
means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except: 
  
 (a) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation; 
  
 (b) Notes, or portions thereof, for which payment has been
made to the applicable Noteholders in reduction of the outstanding principal balance thereof or for which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Noteholders
thereof (excluding for such purpose any amounts on deposit in the Accumulation Account); provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture; and 

 
 (c) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which
have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser; provided that in determining whether the Noteholders of the
requisite Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any other Basic Document, Notes owned by the Trust, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor or
any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee either actually knows to be so owned or has received written notice thereof shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be
regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Trust, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor or
any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons. 
  
 “Outstanding Amount” means the aggregate principal balance of all the Notes or the applicable class or classes of Notes, as the case may be, Outstanding at the date of determination; provided, however, that if the Reset
Rate Notes are then in Foreign Exchange Mode, the Outstanding Amount shall be based on the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount of the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Paying Agent” means, with respect to the Notes (other than Reset Rate Notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars), the
Indenture Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of the Indenture and is authorized by the Eligible Lender Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to make the payments to and
distributions from the Collection Account and payments of principal of and 

  

 Appendix A-1-85 

 
interest and any other amounts owing on the Notes on behalf of the Trust. With respect to the Reset Rate Notes denominated in a currency other than U.S.
Dollars, Paying Agent means the London Paying Agent and the Luxembourg Paying Agent. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization, limited
liability company, limited liability partnership or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Physical Property” has the meaning assigned to such terms in the definition of “Delivery” above. 
  
 “Pool Balance” for any date means the aggregate principal
balance of the Trust Student Loans on that date, including accrued interest that is expected to be capitalized, as reduced by: 
  
 (a) all payments received by the Trust through that date from borrowers, the Guarantors and the Department; 
  
 (b) all amounts received by the Trust through that date from
purchases of the Trust Student Loans by SLMA, the Depositor, or the Servicer; 
  
 (c) all Liquidation Proceeds and Realized Losses on the Trust Student Loans liquidated through that date; 
  
 (d) the amount of any adjustments to balances of the Trust Student Loans that the Servicer makes under the Servicing Agreement through
that date; and 
  
 (e) the amount by which
Guarantor reimbursements of principal on defaulted Trust Student Loans through that date are reduced from 100% to 98%, or other applicable percentage, as required by the risk sharing provisions of the Higher Education Act. 
  
 “Predecessor Note” means, with respect to any particular
Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 of the Indenture and in lieu of a
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
  
 “Primary Servicing Fee” for any Monthly Servicing Payment Date has the meaning specified in Attachment A to the Servicing Agreement, and
shall include any such fees from prior Monthly Servicing Payment Dates that remain unpaid. 
  
 “Prime Rate” means, for any relevant Interest Rate Determination Date prior to each Interest Rate Change Date, the prime rate or base lending rate on that date, as published in H.15(519), prior to
3:00 p.m., New York City time, on that Interest Rate Determination Date under the heading “Bank Prime Loan.” The Administrator will observe the following procedures if the Prime Rate cannot be determined as described above: (i) if the rate
described above is not published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date unless the calculation is made earlier and the rate was available from that 

  

 Appendix A-1-86 

 
source at that time, then the Prime Rate will be the rate for that Interest Rate Determination Date, as published in H.15 Daily Update or another recognized
electronic source for displaying such rate opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”, (ii) if the above rate is not published in either H.15(519), H.15 Daily Update or another recognized electronic source for displaying such rate by 3:00
p.m., New York City time, on the relevant Interest Rate Determination Date, then the Administrator will determine the Prime Rate to be the average of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters screen designated
as “USPRIME1” as that bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as in effect on that Interest Rate Determination Date, (iii) if fewer than four rates appear on the Reuters screen USPRIME1 page on the relevant Interest Rate Determination
Date, then the Prime Rate will be the average of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted, on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by a 360-day year, as of the close of business on that Interest Rate Determination Date by
three major banks in New York City selected by the Administrator, or (iv) if the banks selected by the Administrator are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the prime rate then in effect on that Interest Rate Determination
Date. 
  
 “Principal Distribution Amount” means,
(i) with respect to the initial Distribution Date, the amount by which the sum of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for that Distribution Date, and (ii) with respect to each subsequent Distribution Date, the sum
of (a) the amount by which the Adjusted Pool Balance for the preceding Distribution Date exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for that Distribution Date, and (b) any amounts received under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement for that Distribution Date.

  
 “Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action
at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement Master Securitization Terms Number 1000, dated as of [·], among SLMA,
the Interim Eligible Lender Trustee and the Depositor. 
  
 “Purchase Amount” with respect to any Trust Student Loan means the amount required to prepay in full such Trust Student Loan under the terms thereof including all accrued interest thereon. 
  
 “Purchased Student Loan” means a Trust Student Loan which
is, as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period, purchased by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement or repurchased by the Depositor pursuant to Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, purchased by SLMA
pursuant to Section 6 of the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Act. 
  
 “Quarterly Funding Amount” means, for the Reset Rate Notes, for any Distribution Date that is (1) more than one year before the next
Reset Date, zero and (2) one year or less before the next Reset Date, an amount to be deposited into the Remarketing Fee Account for the Reset Rate Notes so that the amount therein equals the Quarterly Required Amount; provided, however, that if on
any Distribution Date that is not a Reset Date, the amount on deposit in the Remarketing 

  

 Appendix A-1-87 

 
Fee Account is greater than the Quarterly Required Amount, such excess will be transferred to the Collection Account and included in Available Funds for that
Distribution Date. 
  
 “Quarterly Required
Amount” means, for the Reset Rate Notes, (1) on any Reset Date, the Reset Period Target Amount or (2) on a Distribution Date that is one year or less before the next Reset Date, (x) the Reset Period Target Amount multiplied by (y) five (5)
minus the number of Distribution Dates remaining until the next Reset Date (excluding the current Distribution Date and including the next Reset Date), divided by (z) five (5). 
  
 “Rating Agency” means Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. If any such organization or successor thereto is no
longer in existence, “Rating Agency” with respect to such organization shall be a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated by the Administrator, notice of which designation shall be given
to the Indenture Trustee, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Servicer. 
  
 “Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any intended action, that each Rating Agency then rating a class of Notes shall have been given 10 days’ prior written notice thereof and that each such Rating Agency
shall have notified the Administrator, the Servicer, the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the Remarketing Agents, if applicable, in writing that such proposed action will not result in and of itself in the reduction or withdrawal
of its then-current rating of any class of Notes. 
  
 “Realized Loss” means the excess of the principal balance, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized, of any Liquidated Student Loan over Liquidation Proceeds for that Liquidated Student
Loan to the extent allocable to principal, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized. 
  
 “Record Date” means, with respect to a Distribution Date or Redemption Date and for each class of Notes, the close of business on the day
preceding such Distribution Date or Redemption Date. 
  
 “Recoveries” means moneys collected from whatever source with respect to any Liquidated Student Loan which was written off in prior Collection Periods or during the current Collection Period, net of the sum of any amounts
expended by the Servicer for the account of any Obligor and any amounts required by law to be remitted to any Obligor. 
  
 “Redemption Date” means in the case of a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture, the Distribution Date
specified pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Redemption Price” means an amount equal to the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the applicable Note Rates to but excluding the Redemption Date. 
  
 “Reference Banks” means, with respect to (i) LIBOR, four
major banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S Dollars selected by the Administrator and (ii) GBP-LIBOR, four major banks in the London interbank market for deposits in Pounds Sterling selected by the Administrator. 
  

 Appendix A-1-88 

 “Registrar” means the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar and/or the Note
Registrar, as applicable. 
  
 “Regulation S”
means Regulation S promulgated under the Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Remarketing Agency Agreement” means the collective reference to an Initial Remarketing Agency Agreement and the Supplemental Remarketing
Agency Agreement. 
  
 “Remarketing Agent” means,
initially, [·]. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may change any Remarketing Agent for the Reset Rate Notes for any Reset Period at any
time on or before a Remarketing Terms Determination Date. 
  
 “Remarketing Agreement” means the Remarketing Agreement dated as of [·] among the Remarketing Agents, the Swap Agents,
the Administrator and the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Remarketing Fee Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(i) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Remarketing Terms Determination Date” means, for the Reset
Rate Notes, not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the eighth Business Day prior to the applicable Reset Date. 
  
 “Remarketing Terms Notice” means the notice delivered by the Remarketing Agents to the Reset Rate Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee, the
Rating Agencies and the applicable Clearing Agencies on each Remarketing Terms Determination Date containing the information set forth in the Reset Rate Note Procedures (Appendix A-2 to the Indenture). 
  
 “Reserve Account” means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(g) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Reserve Account Initial Deposit” means $[·]. 
  
 “Reset Date” means a Distribution Date on which certain
terms for the Reset Rate Notes may be changed in accordance with the Reset Rate Note Procedures (Appendix A-2 to the Indenture). 
  
 “Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes in Foreign Exchange Mode, any Swap Agreement between a
Swap Agent, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Swap Agent for the benefit of the Remarketing Agents and the Reset Rate Noteholders pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement, and an Eligible Swap Counterparty to convert its
specified percentage of secondary market trade proceeds received by the Remarketing Agents into U.S. Dollars on the effective date of such Swap Agreement, and into the applicable currency for payment of principal to the tendering Reset Rate
Noteholders on the Reset Date resulting in the successful remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes or the exercise of the Call Option. 
  

 Appendix A-1-89 

 “Reset Period” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, a period of at least three
months (or any other longer duration that is a multiple of three months) that will always end on the day before a Distribution Date, which such Distribution Date will be the next Reset Date; provided, that no Reset Period may end after the day
before the Reset Rate Notes Maturity Date. 
  
 “Reset
Period Target Amount” means, for the Reset Rate Notes and any Distribution Date that is (1) more than one year before the next Reset Date, zero, and (2) one year or less before the next Reset Date, the highest remarketing fee payable to the
Remarketing Agents for the Reset Rate Notes (not to exceed 0.35% of the maximum principal balance of the Reset Rate Notes that could be remarketed) on the next Reset Date as determined by the Administrator based on the assumed weighted average life
of the Reset Rate Notes and the maximum remarketing fee set forth on a schedule attached to the Remarketing Agreement, as such schedule may be amended from time to time. 
  
 “Reset Rate Note” means any Class A-[·] Notes. 
  
 “Reset Rate
Note Procedures” means Appendix A-2 to the Indenture. 
  
 “Reset Rate Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Reset Rate Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  
 “Reset Rate Notes” means the Class A-[·] Notes. 
  
 “Reset Rate Notes Maturity
Date” means the Class A-[·] Maturity Date. 
  
 “Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Indenture Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture
Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers, with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture and the other Basic Documents on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Act. 
  
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor rating
agency. 
  
 “Sale Agreement” means the Sale
Agreement Master Securitization Terms Number 1000, dated as of [·], among the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Trust, the
Interim Eligible Lender Trustee and the Depositor. 
  
 “Schedule of Trust Student Loans” means the listing of the Trust Student Loans set forth in Schedule A to the Indenture and the Bill of Sale (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche). 
  

 Appendix A-1-90 

 “Schedule Replacement Order” means an Issuer Order replacing Schedule A to the Reset
Rate Notes to be delivered with respect to the Reset Date. 
  
 “Servicer” means Sallie Mae, Inc., in its capacity as servicer of the Trust Student Loans, or any successor thereto in such capacity in accordance with the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Servicer Default” means an event specified in Section 5.1
of the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Servicer Distribution
Date” has the meaning specified in the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Servicer’s Report” means any report of the Servicer delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the Administration Agreement, substantially in the form acceptable to the Administrator. 
  
 “Servicing Agreement” means the Servicing Agreement, dated
as of [·], among the Trust, the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Servicer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 “Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Attachment A to
the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Settlement Day”
means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System is open which is also a day on which banks in New York City are open for business. 
  
 “SLMA” means the Student Loan Marketing Association. 
  
 “Special Allowance Payments” means payments, designated as
such, consisting of effective interest subsidies by the Department in respect of the Trust Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance with the Higher Education Act. 
  
 “Specified Reserve Account Balance” for any Distribution
Date means the greater of: 
  
 (a) 0.25% of the
Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the related Collection Period; and 
  
 (b) $[·]; 
  
 provided that in no event will that balance exceed the Outstanding Amount. For these
purposes, as to the Reset Rate Notes then bearing a fixed rate of interest, the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes will be reduced by any amounts (less any Investment Earnings) on deposit in the Accumulation Account for the Reset Rate Notes.

  
 “Spread” means the percentage, determined by
the Remarketing Agents on the Spread Determination Date, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes that is to bear a floating rate of interest, in excess of or below the applicable interest rate Index that will be applicable to the Reset Rate Notes
during any Reset Period after the initial Reset Period so as to result in an interest rate that, in the reasonable opinion of the Remarketing Agents, will enable all of the tendered Reset Rate Notes to be remarketed by the Remarketing Agents at 100%
of the Outstanding Amount of such Reset Rate Notes. 
  

 Appendix A-1-91 

 “Spread Determination Date” means, for the Reset Rate Notes, not later than 3:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third Business Day prior to the applicable Reset Date. 
  
 “Spread Determination Notice” means the notice delivered by the Remarketing Agents to the Noteholders of the Reset Rate Notes, the Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agencies, the Clearing Agencies and, if
the Reset Rate Notes are then listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange on each Spread Determination Date containing the information set forth in the Reset Rate Note Procedures (Appendix A-2 to the Indenture).

  
 “State” means any one of the 50 States of the
United States of America or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “Stepdown Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the [·] Distribution Date or (ii) the first date on which no Class A
Notes remain Outstanding. 
  
 “Student Loans”
means education loans to students and parents of students under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. 
  
 “Successor Administrator” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7(e) of the Indenture. 
  
 “Successor Servicer” has the meaning specified in Section
3.7(e) of the Indenture. 
  
 “Supplemental Interest
Account” means each account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(k) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Supplemental Interest Account Deposit Amount” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes while in fixed rate mode, and for any
Distribution Date, the lesser of: 
  
 (a) the product of:

  
 (1) the difference between (x) the weighted average of the
LIBOR-based rates (as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date immediately preceding that Distribution Date) that will be payable by the Trust to the related Swap Counterparty on the next Distribution Date, and (y) an assumed rate of Investment
Earnings that satisfies the Rating Agency Condition, 
  
 (2) the
amount on deposit in the Accumulation Account immediately after that Distribution Date, and 
  
 (3) the actual number of days from that Distribution Date to the next Reset Date for the Reset Rate Notes, divided by 360; and 
  

(b) an amount that satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. 
  
 “Supplemental Remarketing Agency Agreement” means each agreement, substantially in the form of Appendix C to the Remarketing Agreement to
be entered into on each Spread Determination Date (unless the Call Option has been exercised or a Failed Remarketing has been declared) among the Remarketing Agents, the Administrator and the Trust. 
  

 Appendix A-1-92 

 “Swap Agent” means the entity appointed by the Remarketing Agents that is acting as
agent for the Remarketing Agents and for the benefit of the Reset Rate Noteholders, and directed by the Remarketing Agents to enter into a Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Agreement” means the applicable ISDA Master Agreement, and each related swap schedule and/or Swap
Confirmation pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Reset Rate Note Procedures, with respect to (i) each Cross-Currency Swap Agreement and each Interest Rate Swap Agreement (including the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement) to be
entered into from time to time by the Administrator or the Eligible Lender Trustee in either case solely on behalf of the Trust and an Eligible Swap Counterparty, (ii) each Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement to be entered into from time to time by a
Swap Agent, as agent for the Remarketing Agents and for the benefit of the holders of the Reset Rate Notes, and an Eligible Swap Counterparty and (iii) the Interest Rate Cap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Confirmation” means each swap confirmation relating to a Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Counterparty” means each Eligible Swap Counterparty
from time to time party to a Swap Agreement, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Counterparty (with respect to the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement) and the Interest Rate Cap Swap Counterparty (with respect to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement).

  
 “Swap Interest Payments” means, with respect
to each Distribution Date, the amount payable to the related Swap Counterparty by the Trust as a quarterly premium payment pursuant to the related Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Payments” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the amount, if any, payable to a Swap
Counterparty by the Trust for such date, including amounts due and unpaid from prior Distribution Dates (other than Swap Termination Payments), as specified in the applicable Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Receipts” means, with respect to each Distribution
Date, the amount required to be received from the related Swap Counterparty by the Trust for such date (other than Swap Termination Payments), as specified in the related Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Swap Termination Date” means the date on which Swap Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms,
which with respect to any Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement is scheduled to be the Initial Reset Date for the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 “Swap Termination Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in each Swap Agreement. 
  
 “Telerate Page 248” means the display page so designated on
the Moneyline Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 
  
 “Telerate Page 3750” means the display page so designated on the Moneyline Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page
on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 
  

 Appendix A-1-93 

 “Telerate Page 7051” means the display page so designated on the Moneyline Telerate
Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 
  
 “Telerate Page 7052” means the display page so designated on the Moneyline Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page
on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 
  
 “Three-Month LIBOR” and “Two-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars having the Index Maturity which appears on
Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date. If this rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars,
having the Index Maturity and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks. The
Administrator will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If the Reference Banks provide at least two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If the
Reference Banks provide fewer than two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Administrator, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that LIBOR
Determination Date, for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks having the Index Maturity and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000. If the banks selected as described above are not providing quotations, LIBOR in effect for
the applicable Accrual Period will be LIBOR, for the specified maturity in effect for the previous Accrual Period. 
  
 “Transfer” an offer, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of a Note or any interest therein. 
  
 “Transfer Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.2(a)
of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Treasury
Regulations” means regulations, including proposed or temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code. References in any document or instrument to specific provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous provisions
of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury Regulations. 
  
 “Trigger Event” means, on any Distribution Date while any of the Class A Notes are outstanding, the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, less any amounts (other than Investment Earnings) on deposit in the Accumulation Account,
after giving effect to distributions to be made on that Distribution Date, would exceed the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the end of the related Collection Period. 
  
 “Trust” means SLM Student Loan Trust [·], a Delaware statutory trust established pursuant to the Trust Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-1-94 

 “Trust Account Property” means the Trust Accounts, all cash and investments held from
time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of deposit accounts, Physical Property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit and the Capitalized Interest Account Initial
Deposit and all earnings on and proceeds of the foregoing. 
  
 “Trust Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b) of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 “Trust Agreement” means the Trust Agreement, dated as of [·] among the Depositor, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee. 
  
 “Trust Auction Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4 of the Indenture. 
  
 “Trust Estate” means all right, title and interest of the
Trust (or the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust) in and to the property and rights sold, transferred and assigned to the Trust pursuant to the Sale Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all other
property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, any Interest Rate Swap Agreements and the Interest
Rate Cap Agreement. 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act” or
“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided. 
  
 “Trust Student Loan” means any student loan that is listed on the Schedule of Trust Student Loans on the Closing Date, plus any student
loan that is permissibly substituted for a Trust Student Loan by the Depositor pursuant to Sections 6 of the Sale Agreement or by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement, but shall not include any Purchased Student Loan
following receipt by or on behalf of the Trust of the Purchase Amount with respect thereto or any Liquidated Student Loan following receipt by or on behalf of the Trust of Liquidation Proceeds with respect thereto or following such Liquidated
Student Loan having otherwise been written off by the Servicer. 
  
 “Trust Student Loan Files” means the documents specified in Section 2.1 of the Servicing Agreement. 
  
 “Two-Month LIBOR” see Three-Month LIBOR. 
  

“UCC” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended
from time to time. 
  
 “U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal
Amount” means, with respect to the Reset Rate Notes while in Foreign Exchange Mode, the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes as of the date of determination based on the exchange rate provided in the
related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement. 
  
 “U.S. Global
Note Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of the Indenture. 
  

 Appendix A-1-95 

  
 APPENDIX A-2

  
 RESET RATE NOTE PROCEDURES 
  
 Section 1. Definitions: All terms which are defined in Appendix
A-1 shall have the same meanings in this Appendix A-2. 
  
 Section 2. Interest Rates; Principal Payments: (a) The Reset Rate Notes will bear interest for each Reset Period at the rate set forth on Schedule A attached to the Reset Rate Note as determined in accordance with Section 2(b) below;
provided, that for the initial Reset Period, the Reset Rate Notes will bear interest from the Closing Date through and including the Initial Reset Date at the rate set forth in the first sentence of the definitions of “Class A-[·] Rate”. Interest on the Reset Rate Notes shall be payable by the Trust with respect to each Distribution Date at the priority level set forth in Section
2.8(d) of the Administration Agreement; provided, that if interest due to the Reset Rate Notes is payable through a Swap Agreement, the related Swap Interest Payments will be payable by the Trust to the related Swap Counterparty, and by the Swap
Counterparty to the Trust (for payment to the Reset Rate Noteholders), as described in Section 10 below. 
  
 (a) After the initial Reset Period, the Reset Rate Notes may be reset to bear either a fixed or floating rate of interest at the option of the Remarketing
Agents, in consultation with the Administrator. The interest rate of the Reset Rate Notes will be reset as of each Reset Date as determined by (i) the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, with respect to (A) the length of the
Reset Period, (B) whether the rate is fixed or floating and (x) if floating, the applicable Index, or (y) if fixed, the applicable pricing benchmark, (C) the applicable Day Count Basis, (D) the applicable currency denomination, i.e., U.S. Dollars,
Euros, Pounds Sterling or another non-U.S. Dollar currency, (E) if in Foreign Exchange Mode, the applicable Distribution Dates on which interest will be paid to the Reset Rate Noteholders, (F) the applicable Interest Rate Determination Dates within
each Accrual Period, (G) the interval between Interest Rate Change Dates during each Accrual Period and (H) if applicable, the All Hold Rate, and (ii) the Remarketing Agents (in their sole determination) with respect to the setting of the (A) fixed
rate of interest or (B) Spread to the chosen Index, as applicable. 
  
 (b) In the event that the Reset Rate Notes are reset (i) to bear (or continue to bear) interest at a floating rate, (ii) to bear (or continue to bear) a fixed rate of interest and/or (iii) to be denominated (or continue to be denominated)
in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, and the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator determine that it would be in the best interest of the Trust based on existing market conditions to enter into one or more Swap Agreements, the
Administrator will be responsible for arranging, on behalf of the Trust, one or more Swap Agreements to hedge the basis risk and/or currency exchange risk (as applicable) and, together with the Remarketing Agents, for selecting the Swap
Counterparties thereto in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 10(b) below. The Reset Rate Notes will not be reset (or continue) to bear interest at a floating rate that is not based on LIBOR or a Commercial Paper Rate, at a fixed
rate or to be denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars unless one or more Swap Agreements are entered into as of the related Reset Date that results in the Rating Agency Condition being satisfied. In connection with each Swap 

  

 Appendix A-2-1 

 
Agreement, the Remarketing Agents shall solicit bids from Eligible Swap Counterparties in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 10(d) below.

  
 (d) The Reset Rate Notes that bear interest at (i) a floating
rate shall be entitled to receive payments of principal in reduction of its Outstanding Amount on each Distribution Date at the priority level set forth in Section 2.8(f) of the Administration Agreement and (ii) a fixed rate shall be entitled to
receive allocations of principal at the priority level set forth in Section 2.8(f) of the Administration Agreement on each Distribution Date, provided, however, that such amounts referred to in this clause (ii) shall not be paid in
reduction of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes; instead all such amounts shall be deposited into the Accumulation Account for payment to the Reset Rate Noteholders or Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty, as applicable, on or about the next
Reset Date as set forth in Section 11(a) below. 
  
 Section 3.
End of Reset Period Notice: (a) Unless the holder of the Call Option has delivered the related Call Option Notice, the Administrator, not less than fifteen nor more than thirty calendar days prior to any Remarketing Terms Determination Date,
will (i) give written notice (including facsimile or other electronic transmission, if permitted pursuant to the recipient’s standard procedures) to the applicable Clearing Agencies and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (for so long as the Reset
Rate Notes are listed on such exchange), with a copy to the Indenture Trustee, notifying them of the upcoming Reset Date and stating whether tender is deemed mandatory or optional for the Reset Rate Notes on the Reset Date (the “Initial Reset
Date Notice”), (ii) request that each Clearing Agency notify its participants of (1) the contents of the Initial Reset Date Notice, (2) the Remarketing Terms Notice to be given on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date pursuant to Section
4(d) below, (3) the Spread Determination Notice to be given on the Spread Determination Date pursuant to Section 9(e) below, and (4) if applicable, the procedures concerning the timely delivery of a Hold Notice pursuant to Section 8 below that must
be followed if any beneficial owner of a Reset Rate Note wishes to retain its Reset Rate Notes. For so long as the Reset Rate Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a copy of such notices will be sent to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and
each of the Remarketing Terms Notice and the Spread Determination Notice will also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be The Luxemburger Wort) and (iii) initiate
discussions with representatives of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange regarding an addendum to the Offering Memorandum dated [·], if required by
Section 7(f)(i) of the Remarketing Agreement. 
  
 (b) The
Administrator will also include in the Initial Reset Date Notice the names and contact information of the Luxembourg listing agent, if applicable, and any Remarketing Agents confirmed or appointed by the Administrator, or if no Remarketing Agents
have then been so chosen, the Administrator will provide adequate contact information for Reset Rate Noteholders to receive information regarding the upcoming Reset Date. 
  
 (c) If the related Clearing Agency or its respective nominee, as applicable, is no longer the holder of record of the Reset
Rate Notes, the Administrator, or the Remarketing Agents on its behalf, will send the Reset Rate Noteholders, with a copy to the Indenture Trustee and the Luxembourg listing agent, as applicable, the required notices setting forth the information in
Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above not less than fifteen nor more than thirty calendar days prior to any Remarketing Terms Determination Date. In addition, in the event that 

  

 Appendix A-2-2 

 
Definitive Notes evidencing an interest in the Reset Rate Notes are issued, the Administrator shall cause the Note Registrar to provide to the relevant Reset
Rate Noteholders and the Luxembourg listing agent, as applicable, any additional procedures applicable to such Reset Rate Notes while in definitive form. 
  
 Section 4. Remarketing Terms Determination Date: (a) Subject to the provisions of the Remarketing Agreement, prior to the Remarketing Terms
Determination Date, and unless the holder of the Call Option has delivered the Call Option Notice, the Administrator shall re-affirm the capability of the initial Remarketing Agents to perform under the Remarketing Agreement, and/or enter into new
remarketing agreements with other or additional remarketing agents, who shall function as the Remarketing Agents with respect to the Reset Date. On each Remarketing Terms Determination Date, the Trust, the Administrator and the Remarketing Agents
will enter into a Remarketing Agency Agreement for the remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes. 
  
 (b) If the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, determine prior to the Remarketing Terms Determination Date that any Cross-Currency Swap Agreements or Reset Date Currency Swap Agreements
required pursuant to Section 2(c)(iii) above will not be obtainable on the Reset Date, the Reset Rate Notes must be denominated in U.S. Dollars during the next Reset Period. 
  
 (c) Unless the holder of the Call Option has delivered the Call Option Notice, on or prior to the Remarketing Terms
Determination Date the Remarketing Agents will notify the Reset Rate Noteholders whether tender is deemed mandatory or optional and, in consultation with the Administrator, will establish the following terms for the Reset Rate Notes to be applicable
during the immediately following Reset Period: 
  
 (i) the expected weighted average life of the Reset Rate Notes, based on prepayment and other assumptions customary for comparable securities; 
  
 (ii) the name and contact information of the Remarketing Agents; 
  
 (iii) the next Reset Date and length of such Reset Period; 
  
 (iv) the interest rate mode (i.e., fixed rate or floating
rate); 
  
 (v) the currency denomination;

  
 (vi) the applicable minimum denominations and
additional increments for the Reset Rate Notes; 
  
 (vii) if in Foreign Exchange Mode, the identities of the Eligible Swap Counterparties from which bids will be solicited and the identity, if known, of the proposed Swap Agent for each related Eligible Swap Counterparty; 
  
 (viii) if in Foreign Exchange Mode, the applicable
Distribution Dates on which interest and principal will be paid to the Reset Rate Noteholders; 
  

 Appendix A-2-3 

 (ix) if in floating rate mode, the applicable Index; 
  
 (x) if in floating rate mode, the interval between Interest
Rate Change Dates; 
  
 (xi) if in floating rate
mode, the applicable Interest Rate Determination Date; 
  
 (xii) if in fixed rate mode, the applicable fixed rate pricing benchmark; 
  
 (xiii) if in fixed rate mode, the identities of the Eligible Swap Counterparties from which bids will be solicited; 
  
 (xiv) if in floating rate mode, whether there will be a
related Swap Agreement and, if so, the identities of the Eligible Swap Counterparties from which bids will be solicited; 
  
 (xv) the applicable Day Count Basis; 
  
 (xvi) the All Hold Rate, if applicable; 
  
 (xvii) if Definitive Notes are to be issued, the procedures for delivery and exchange of Definitive Notes and for dealing with lost or
mutilated notes; and 
  
 (xviii) any other
relevant terms incidental to the foregoing (other than the Spread or fixed rate of interest, as applicable) for the next Reset Period; 
  
 provided, that any interest rate mode, other than a floating rate based on LIBOR or a Commercial Paper Rate, will require that the Rating Agency Condition be
satisfied prior to the delivery of the Remarketing Terms Notice. 
  
 (d) The Remarketing Agents will communicate all of the information established in Section 4(c) above in the Remarketing Terms Notice required to be given in writing (including facsimile or other electronic transmission if in accordance with
each Clearing Agency’s standard procedures) to each Clearing Agency (and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange if the Reset Rate Notes are then listed on such exchange) or the Reset Rate Noteholders if Definitive Notes have been issued, as applicable,
the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date. 
  
 (e) In addition, prior to the Remarketing Terms Determination Date, the Administrator shall cause the Schedule Replacement Order with respect to the Reset Rate Notes to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee, the
Clearing Agencies and, if the Reset Rate Notes are then listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Luxembourg listing agent. 
  
 Section 5. All Hold Rate: (a) On each Remarketing Terms Determination Date for the Reset Rate Notes which are denominated in U.S. Dollars during
both the then-current Reset Period and the immediately following Reset Period, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, will establish the All Hold Rate for the Reset Rate Notes. 

  

 Appendix A-2-4 

 
With respect to the Reset Rate Notes that are either in Foreign Exchange Mode during the then-current Reset Period or will be reset into Foreign Exchange
Mode on the immediately following Reset Date, all Reset Rate Noteholders will be deemed to have tendered their Notes on the Reset Date, regardless of any desire by such Reset Rate Noteholders to retain their ownership thereof, and no All Hold Rate
will be applicable. 
  
 (b) The All Hold Rate will only be
applicable if 100% of the Reset Rate Noteholders deliver timely Hold Notices wherein they elect to hold their Reset Rate Notes for the next Reset Period. If applicable, the interest rate for the Reset Rate Notes during the immediately following
Reset Period will not be less than the All Hold Rate. If the rate of interest using the Spread or fixed rate of interest established on the Spread Determination Date is higher than the All Hold Rate, then upon a successful remarketing of the Reset
Rate Notes, all Reset Rate Noteholders who delivered a Hold Notice agreeing to be subject to the All Hold Rate instead will be entitled to the higher rate of interest during the immediately following Reset Period. 
  
 Section 6. Failed Remarketing: (a) With respect to each Reset Date for
which the holder of the Call Option does not deliver the Call Option Notice, a Failed Remarketing will be declared by the Remarketing Agents and the provisions of this Section 6 will apply if any of the conditions set forth in the definition of
“Failed Remarketing” are applicable. In order to prevent the declaration of a Failed Remarketing, the Remarketing Agents will have the option, but not the obligation, to purchase any Reset Rate Notes tendered that they are not otherwise
able to remarket or with respect to which a committed purchaser defaults on their purchase obligations. 
  
 (b) At any time a Failed Remarketing is declared: (i) all Reset Rate Notes will be retained by the Reset Rate Noteholders on the related Reset Date,
regardless of any deemed mandatory or voluntary tenders made to the Remarketing Agents, (ii) the Failed Remarketing Rate for Reset Rate Notes will apply for the related Reset Period and (iii) a Reset Period of three months will be established. In
addition, if the Reset Rates Notes are in Foreign Exchange Mode at the time a Failed Remarketing is declared, the provisions of Sections 10(a)(i) and (ii) shall also apply. 
  
 (c) If there is a Failed Remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes, the Reset Rate Noteholders shall not be entitled to exercise
any remedies as a result of the failure of the Reset Rate Notes to be remarketed on the Reset Date. 
  
 Section 7. Call Option: (a) With respect to each Reset Date, the Depositor, as the initial holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, is hereby
granted the Call Option for the purchase of not less than 100% of the Reset Rate Notes, exercisable at a price equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, less all amounts distributed to the Reset Rate Noteholders as a payment
of principal with respect to the Distribution Date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest not paid by the Trust with respect to the applicable Reset Date. 
  
 (b) The Depositor, as the initial holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, effective as of the Closing Date, hereby transfers all of its right title
and interest in and to the Call Option to SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation, which upon receipt 

  

 Appendix A-2-5 

 
thereof will dividend all of its right, title and interest in and to the Call Option to SLM Corporation, and in acceptance of such transfer SLM Corporation
also hereby agrees to abide by all terms and conditions hereunder with respect to the Call Option as set forth in these Reset Rate Note Procedures. 
  
 (c) SLM Corporation may further transfer ownership of the Call Option at any time to one of its Affiliates, provided that such permitted transferee
has at no time in the past owned, and is not obligated under either the Purchase Agreement or the Sale Agreement to transfer, an interest in any of the Trust Student Loans. 
  
 (d) The Call Option may be exercised with respect to the Reset Rate Notes at any time on or prior to the determination of
the related Spread or fixed rate or the declaration of a Failed Remarketing, as applicable, on the related Spread Determination Date by delivery of a Call Option Notice; provided that the Call Option may not be exercised before the day
following the last Distribution Date immediately preceding the next applicable Reset Date. In addition, for so long as the Reset Rate Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the holder of the Call Option shall cause a notice of the
exercise of the Call Option to be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be The Luxemburger Wort). Once written notice of the exercise of the Call Option is given, such exercise may not
be rescinded. 
  
 (e) All amounts due and owing to the Reset Rate
Noteholders shall be remitted on or before the related Reset Date by the holder of the Call Option in accordance with the standard procedures established by the Clearing Agencies for transfer of securities to ensure timely payment of principal to
the Reset Rate Noteholders on the Reset Date. 
  
 (f) In the event
that the Call Option is exercised with respect to the Reset Rate Notes if they are then in Foreign Exchange Mode, the holder of the Call Option shall deliver the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount remaining after all payments of principal are
made with respect to the related Distribution Date, and interest (if applicable) owing to the Reset Rate Noteholders to the Remarketing Agents for delivery to the related Swap Agents for delivery to the Swap Counterparties to the related Reset Date
Currency Swap Agreements, who shall exchange such amount into the applicable currency for delivery to the Reset Rate Noteholders; provided, however, that if there are no such Reset Date Currency Swap Agreements then in effect, the
holder of the Call Option shall remit all amounts due and owing to the Remarketing Agents for delivery to the Reset Rate Noteholders in the applicable currency on or before the Reset Date in accordance with the standard procedures established by the
related Clearing Agencies for transfer of securities to ensure timely payment of principal to the Reset Rate Noteholders on the Reset Date. 
  
 (g) If the Call Option is exercised with respect to the Reset Rate Notes, (i) the interest rate on the Reset Rate Notes will be the Call Rate, (ii) the
Reset Rate Notes will be denominated in U.S. Dollars and (iii) a Reset Period of three months will be established. At the end of such three-month Reset Period, the holder of the Call Option may either remarket the Reset Rate Notes pursuant to the
remarketing procedures set forth herein and in the Remarketing Agreement, or retain the Reset Rate Notes for one or more successive three-month Reset Periods at the then-current Call Rate. In the event the holder of the Call Option chooses to

  

 Appendix A-2-6 

 
remarket the Reset Rate Notes, such holder shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses relating to the preparation of any new offering document
and any other related costs and expenses associated with such remarketing, other than the fees of the Remarketing Agents, as more fully set forth in Section 3 of the Remarketing Agreement. 
  
 (h) Other than in connection with the exercise of a Call Option, neither SLM
Corporation, SLMA, the Trust or any of their Affiliates shall have the ability to purchase any Reset Rate Notes tendered to the Remarketing Agents. 
  
 Section 8. Hold Notice: If the Reset Rate Notes are denominated in U.S. Dollars during both the then-current Reset Period and the immediately
following Reset Period, the Reset Rate Noteholders will have the option to deliver a Hold Notice to any Remarketing Agent setting forth their desire to hold their Reset Rate Notes for the next Reset Period at a rate of interest not less than the All
Hold Rate and on the terms set forth in the related Remarketing Terms Notice, at any time on or after the Remarketing Terms Determination Date until the Notice Date. Such Hold Notice may be delivered as an oral statement to a Remarketing Agent, if
subsequently confirmed in writing within 24 hours, which confirmation may be in the form of an e-mail if timely received by the Remarketing Agent. If a Reset Rate Noteholder does not timely deliver a Hold Notice to a Remarketing Agent (such Hold
Notice not to be considered delivered until actually received by such Remarketing Agent), that Reset Rate Noteholder will be deemed to have tendered for remarketing 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes. Any duly delivered Hold
Notice will be irrevocable, but will be subject to a mandatory tender of the Reset Rate Notes pursuant to any exercise of the Call Option. All of the Reset Rate Notes, whether tendered or not, will bear interest during any Reset Period on the same
terms. 
  
 Section 9. Spread Determination Date: (a) On
each Spread Determination Date, unless a Failed Remarketing has been declared or the holder of the Call Option has delivered the Call Option Notice, the Administrator, the Trust and the Remarketing Agents will enter into a Supplemental Remarketing
Agency Agreement. 
  
 (b) If pursuant to the Remarketing Terms
Notice, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, have determined that the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset to bear a fixed rate of interest, then the applicable fixed rate of interest for the corresponding Reset Period will be
determined on the Spread Determination Date by adding (i) the applicable spread as determined by the Remarketing Agents on the Spread Determination Date and (ii) the yield to maturity on the Spread Determination Date of the applicable fixed rate
pricing benchmark, selected by the Remarketing Agents, as having an expected weighted average life based on a scheduled maturity at the next Reset Date, which would be used in accordance with customary financial practice in pricing new issues of
asset-backed securities of comparable average life; provided that such fixed rate of interest will in no event be lower than the related All Hold Rate, if applicable. The Remarketing Agents shall determine the applicable fixed rate of
interest for the Reset Rate Notes (by reference to the applicable fixed rate pricing benchmark plus or minus the spread determined on the Remarketing Terms Determination Date) on each Spread Determination Date irrespective of whether no remarketing
will occur as the result of the application of the All Hold Rate, if applicable. In addition, on the related Spread Determination Date, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, shall determine the Supplemental Interest Account
Deposit Amount, if any, for the Reset Rate Notes. 
  

 Appendix A-2-7 

 (c) If pursuant to the Remarketing Terms Notice, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the
Administrator, have determined that the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset to bear a floating rate of interest, then, on the related Spread Determination Date, the Remarketing Agents will establish the applicable Spread to be added or subtracted from
the applicable Index; provided that such floating rate of interest will in no event be lower than the related All Hold Rate, if applicable. 
  
 (d) If required pursuant to Section 2(c) above, on the related Reset Date the Trust shall enter into either (i) one or more Cross-Currency Swap
Agreements, if the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in Foreign Exchange Mode, or (ii) one or more Interest Rate Swap Agreements if the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in U.S. Dollars and to bear interest at a fixed rate or at a floating rate other
than one based on LIBOR or a Commercial Paper Rate, with an Eligible Swap Counterparty. In addition, if the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in Foreign Exchange Mode, on the Reset Date the Remarketing Agents shall cause at least one Swap Agent to
enter into one or more Reset Date Currency Swap Agreements with one or more Eligible Swap Counterparties. 
  
 (e) On or immediately following the Spread Determination Date, the Remarketing Agents will communicate in writing (including facsimile or other electronic
transmission if in accordance with each Clearing Agency’s standard procedures) the contents of the Spread Determination Notice to each Clearing Agency (and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange if the Reset Rate Notes are then listed on such exchange)
or the Reset Rate Noteholders if Definitive Notes have been issued, as applicable, with instructions to distribute such notices to its related participants, or to the Reset Rate Noteholders, as applicable, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating
Agencies. The Spread Determination Notice will contain: (i) the determined Spread or fixed rate of interest, as the case may be, or, if applicable, a statement that the All Hold Rate or the Failed Remarketing Rate will be in effect for the
immediately following Reset Period, (ii) any applicable currency exchange rate, (iii) the identity of any selected Swap Counterparty or Counterparties, and Swap Agent or Agents, if applicable, (iv) if applicable, the floating rate (or rates) of
interest to be due to each selected Swap Counterparty with respect to each Distribution Date during the immediately following Reset Period and (v) any other information that the Administrator or the Remarketing Agents deem applicable. Furthermore,
for the Reset Rate Notes to be reset in Foreign Exchange Mode, the currency exchange rate, the Extension Rate due to each related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty and the Failed Remarketing Rate for the immediately following Reset Period will be
determined pursuant to the terms of the related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement and contained in the Spread Determination Notice. In addition, if required for the immediately following Reset Period, on or before the related Spread Determination Date
the Administrator will arrange for new or additional securities identification codes to be obtained as required. 
  
 Section 10. Swap Agreements: 
  
 (a) If the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in Foreign Exchange Mode, on the Reset Date, the Administrator will enter into (not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Administrator on behalf of the Trust) or will instruct the Eligible Lender Trustee to enter into (not in its individual capacity, but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee) one or more Cross-Currency Swap Agreements for the Reset
Period. 
  

 Appendix A-2-8 

 (i) Each Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty which is party to a related Cross-Currency Swap
Agreement will be entitled to receive with respect to each Distribution Date, (x) an interest rate of Three-Month LIBOR, plus or minus a spread, as determined from the bidding process described in Section 10(d) below (other than as may be
interpolated for an initial or final calculation period under that Cross-Currency Swap Agreement), multiplied by the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, and multiplied by a fraction determined by the number of days in
the applicable Accrual Period and the applicable Day Count Basis, (y) all payments of principal in U.S. Dollars that are allocated to the Reset Rate Notes; provided that if the Reset Rate Notes bear a fixed rate of interest, all principal
payments allocated to the Reset Rate Notes on any Distribution Date will be deposited into the Accumulation Account and paid to the related Swap Counterparties on or about the next Reset Date as set forth in the related Cross-Currency Swap
Agreements (including all sums required to be deposited therein on the Reset Date), but excluding all Investment Earnings thereon. 
  
 (ii) In addition, each related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty will be obligated to pay to the Trust (for payment to the Reset Rate
Noteholders, if applicable): with respect to each applicable Distribution Date, (A) their applicable percentage of the applicable rate of interest on the Reset Rate Notes multiplied by the U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount of the Reset Rate
Notes and multiplied by a fraction determined by the number of days in the applicable Accrual Period and the applicable Day Count Basis, and (B) the applicable non-U.S. Dollar currency equivalent of the U.S. Dollars such Swap Counterparty
concurrently receives from the Trust as a payment of principal allocated to the Reset Rate Noteholders (including, on the Maturity Date for the Reset Rate Notes, if a Cross-Currency Swap Agreement is then in effect, the remaining Outstanding Amount
of the Reset Rate Notes) but only to the extent that the required U.S. Dollar Equivalent Principal Amount is received from the Trust on such date, at an exchange rate to be set on the effective date of and set forth in the related Cross-Currency
Swap Agreement; and (y) on the second Business Day following a Distribution Date that is also a Reset Date (other than for any Reset Period following a Reset Date upon which a Failed Remarketing has occurred, up to and including the Reset Date
resulting in a successful remarketing or an exercise of the Call Option) their applicable percentage of interest at the interest rate from and including the Reset Date to, but excluding, the second Business Day following such Reset Date. For any
Reset Period following a Reset Date upon which a Failed Remarketing has occurred, up to any including the Reset Date resulting in a successful remarketing or an exercise of the Call Option for the Reset Rate Notes, payments of interest and principal
to the Reset Rate Noteholders will be made on the second Business Day following the Reset Date without the payment of any additional interest. 
  
 (b) In addition, if the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in Foreign Exchange Mode, on the Reset Date, the Remarketing Agents will appoint one or more Swap
Agents and cause such Swap Agents to enter into one or more Reset Date Currency Swap Agreements with Eligible Swap Counterparties for the next Reset Period. Each Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement will share the same currency exchange rate as the
related Cross-Currency Swap Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-2-9 

 (i) On the effective date of any Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement (except with respect
to the Initial Reset Date Currency Swap Agreements) (A) the Remarketing Agents will deliver to each Swap Agent, for further delivery to the related Swap Counterparty, its percentage of all secondary trade sale proceeds received from purchasers of
the Reset Rate Notes in the applicable non-U.S. Dollar currency, and (B) in return, the related Swap Counterparty will deliver to the related Swap Agent, for delivery to the Remarketing Agents, the U.S. Dollar equivalent of such sale proceeds using
the conversion rate established on the applicable effective date. Upon receipt, the Remarketing Agents will then deliver such sums either (1) to the tendering Reset Rate Noteholders, if the Reset Rate Notes were denominated in U.S. Dollars
immediately prior to such Reset Date, as payment in full of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, or (2) if the Reset Rate Notes were in Foreign Exchange Mode immediately prior to such Reset Date, to the related Swap Agent for the Reset
Date Currency Swap Agreement in effect for the Reset Period ending on such Reset Date for the purposes described in subparagraph (ii) below. 
  
 (ii) On the Reset Date corresponding to the successful remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes, (A) each Swap Agent for the related Reset Date
Currency Swap Agreement in effect for the Reset Period ending on such Reset Date will be obligated to deliver to the related Swap Counterparty for the related Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement in effect for the Reset Period ending on such Reset
Date, its percentage of all U.S. Dollar secondary trade sale proceeds received from the Remarketing Agents that the Remarketing Agents either received directly from the purchasers of such Reset Rate Notes (if remarketed in U.S. Dollars) or from such
Swap Agent with respect to the related Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement commencing on such Reset Date (if remarketed in Foreign Exchange Mode, as described in subparagraph (i) above), and (B) in return, the related Swap Counterparty for the
related Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement in effect for the Reset Period ending on such Reset Date will deliver to the related Swap Agent for the related Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement in effect for the Reset Period ending on such Reset Date,
for delivery to the Remarketing Agents, the non-U.S. Dollar currency equivalent of such secondary trade sale proceeds, using the exchange rate set forth in such Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement. The Remarketing Agents will then deliver such
non-U.S. Dollar currency amounts to the tendering Reset Rate Noteholders, as payment in full of the Outstanding Amount of their Reset Rate Notes, and the Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement effective during the previous Reset Period will terminate in
accordance with its terms. 
  
 (c) On the Closing Date, and on
each Reset Date if the Reset Rate Notes are to be reset in U.S. Dollars, and a Swap Agreement is required pursuant to Sections 2(c) and 9(d) above, then the Administrator will enter into (not in its individual capacity, but solely as Administrator
on behalf of the Trust) or will instruct the Eligible Lender Trustee to enter into (not in its individual capacity, but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee), one or more Interest Rate Swap Agreements for the next Reset Period to facilitate the
Trust’s ability to pay applicable interest at the related interest rate. 
  
 (i) Each Swap Counterparty (including, without limitation, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Counterparty) which is party to a related Interest Rate Swap 

  

 Appendix A-2-10 

 
Agreement will be entitled to receive on each Distribution Date an interest rate of Three-Month LIBOR, plus or minus a spread, as determined from the bidding
process described in Section 10(d) below, multiplied by the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes and multiplied by a fraction determined by the number of days in the applicable Accrual Period and the applicable Day Count Basis. 
  
 (ii) In addition, each related Swap Counterparty (including,
without limitation, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Counterparty) which is a party to a related Interest Rate Swap Agreement will be obligated to pay to the Trust on each Distribution Date, the applicable rate of interest on the Reset Rate Notes
multiplied by the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes and multiplied by a fraction determined by the number of days in the applicable Accrual Period and the applicable Day Count Basis. 
  
 (d) Other than with respect to the Initial Swap Agreement, the Remarketing
Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, in determining the Swap Counterparty to each required Swap Agreement, will solicit bids from at least three Eligible Swap Counterparties and will select the lowest of these bids to provide the interest
rate swap and/or currency exchange swap(s). If the lowest bidder specifies a notional amount that is less than the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, may select more than one
Eligible Swap Counterparty, but only to the extent that such additional Eligible Swap Counterparties have provided the next lowest received bid or bids, and enter into more than one Swap Agreement that result in the Rating Agency Condition being
satisfied. On or before the Spread Determination Date, the Remarketing Agents, in consultation with the Administrator, will select the Swap Counterparty or Counterparties and any related Swap Agents and will cause any such Swap Agent or Swap Agents
to enter into the required Swap Agreements on the Reset Date for the upcoming Reset Period. 
  
 (e) Other than with respect to the Initial Swap Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the entering into of any Swap Agreement and the setting of the amount to be paid to the related Swap Counterparty that the
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. No Swap Agreement will be entered into or caused to be entered into by the Trust, the Administrator on its behalf, the Remarketing Agents or a Swap Agent on their behalf, for any Reset Period where either the
Call Option has been exercised or a Failed Remarketing has been declared. 
  
 (f) Each Cross-Currency Swap Agreement and each Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement will terminate at the earliest to occur of (i) the next succeeding Reset Date for which there is a successful remarketing, (ii) the
Reset Date for which the Call Option is exercised, (iii) the Distribution Date on which the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes are reduced to zero (including as the result of the optional purchase of the remaining Trust Student Loans by the
Servicer or an auction of the Trust Student Loans by the Indenture Trustee) or (iv) the Maturity Date of the Reset Rate Notes. No Cross-Currency Swap Agreement or Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement will terminate solely due to the declaration of a
Failed Remarketing. Each Interest Rate Swap Agreement will terminate on the earliest to occur of the next Reset Date, or the occurrence of an event specified in clause (iii) or (iv) above. 
  

 Appendix A-2-11 

 (g) With respect to each Cross-Currency Swap Agreement, and in the event that a Failed Remarketing is
declared, the rate of interest due to each related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty from the Trust on each Distribution Date will be increased to the Extension Rate and the rate due to the Trust from each related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty
will change to equal the Failed Remarketing Rate. 
  
 Section 11.
Accumulation Account; Supplemental Interest Account: (a) If, on any Distribution Date, principal would be payable to the Reset Rate Notes which are then bearing interest at a fixed rate (including without limitation during the initial Reset
Period), that principal (subject to sufficient Available Funds therefor) will be allocated to the Reset Rate Notes and deposited into the Accumulation Account, where it will remain until the next Reset Date (except that if the Reset Rate Notes are
in Foreign Exchange Mode, principal will be paid according to the provisions of Sections 10(a)(i) and (a)(ii) above), unless an Event of Default under the Indenture or a sale of the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Administration
Agreement has occurred (in which case the Indenture Trustee will distribute all sums on deposit therein (exclusive of Investment Earnings) to the Reset Rate Noteholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4(b) of the Indenture or Section
6.1 of the Administration Agreement, as applicable). 
  
 (b) On
each Reset Date, if the Reset Rate Notes bore interest at a fixed rate during the preceding Reset Period (including without limitation, on the Initial Reset Date), all sums, if any, then on deposit in the Accumulation Account, including any
allocation of principal made on the same date, but less any Investment Earnings, will be distributed by the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator, as set forth in Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement, (x) to the holders of
the Reset Rate Notes, as of the Record Date, or (y) if the Reset Rate Notes are then in Foreign Exchange Mode, to the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty or Counterparties for the benefit of such Reset Rate Noteholders as of the Record Date
pursuant to the provisions of Section 10(a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, in reduction of principal of the Reset Rate Notes; provided, that, in the event on any Distribution Date the amount on deposit in the Accumulation Account (excluding any Investment
Earnings) would equal the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes, no additional amounts will be deposited into the Accumulation Account and all amounts therein, less any Investment Earnings, will be distributed by the Indenture Trustee, at the
direction of the Administrator, as set forth in Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement, on the next Reset Date to the Reset Rate Noteholders or the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty or Counterparties (as applicable), and on such Reset
Date the Reset Rate Notes will no longer be Outstanding. Amounts on deposit in an Accumulation Account (exclusive of Investment Earnings) may be used only to pay principal on the Reset Rate Notes (or to the related Cross-Currency Swap Counterparty
or Counterparties) and for no other purpose. On each Distribution Date, all Investment Earnings on deposit in the Accumulation Account will be withdrawn by the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator and deposited into the
Collection Account. 
  
 (c) The Indenture Trustee, subject to
sufficient available funds therefor, at the direction of the Administrator and pursuant to Section 2.10(d)(ii) of the Administration Agreement, will deposit into the Supplemental Interest Account, the related Supplemental Interest Account Deposit
Amount. On each Distribution Date, all sums (which shall include Investment Earnings) on deposit in the Supplemental Interest Account will be 

  

 Appendix A-2-12 

 
withdrawn by the Indenture Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator, as set forth in Section 2.10(d)(iii) of the Administration Agreement, and
deposited into the Collection Account. 
  
 Section 12.
Remarketing Agents; Swap Agent; Remarketing Fee Account: (a) The initial Remarketing Agents, appointed pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, are [·]. The terms and conditions of the Remarketing Agreement will govern the duties and obligations of the Remarketing Agents and each Swap Agent. The Administrator, the Trust and the Remarketing Agents will enter into on
each (A) Remarketing Terms Determination Date, a Remarketing Agency Agreement, in form and substance substantially the same as Appendix B to the Remarketing Agreement, unless (i) a Failed Remarketing is declared, or (ii) the holder of the Call
Option has delivered the Call Option Notice on or prior to such date; and (B) Spread Determination Date, a Supplemental Remarketing Agency Agreement, in form and substance substantially the same as Appendix C to the Remarketing Agreement, unless (i)
a Failed Remarketing is declared, (ii) the holder of the Call Option has delivered the Call Option Notice on or prior to such date, or (iii) if applicable, 100% of the Reset Rate Noteholders have timely delivered a Hold Notice and the All Hold Rate
will apply for the next Reset Period. 
  
 (b) If the Reset Rate
Notes are in Foreign Exchange Mode or will be reset into Foreign Exchange Mode, then pursuant to Section 13 of the Remarketing Agreement, the Remarketing Agents shall appoint one or more Swap Agents to act as agent for the Remarketing Agent and for
the benefit of the Reset Rate Noteholders, and instruct each Swap Agent to enter into a Reset Date Currency Swap Agreement. The duties and obligations of each Swap Agent are set forth in the Remarketing Agreement. 
  
 (c) Excluding all Reset Rate Notes for which a Remarketing Agent has received
a timely delivered Hold Notice, if applicable (or if the holder of the Call Option has delivered the related Call Option Notice), on the Reset Date that commences each Reset Period, each Reset Rate Note will be automatically tendered, or deemed
tendered, to the relevant Remarketing Agent for remarketing by such Remarketing Agent on the Reset Date at 100% of its Outstanding Amount. If the Reset Rate Notes are held in book-entry form, 100% of the Outstanding Amount of such Reset Rate Notes
will be paid by the Remarketing Agents in accordance with the standard procedures of the applicable Clearing Agencies. 
  
 (d) The Remarketing Agents will attempt, on a reasonable efforts basis and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Remarketing Agreement and
the related Remarketing Agency Agreement, to remarket the tendered Reset Rate Notes at a price equal to 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Reset Rate Notes so tendered. 
  
 (e) Purchasers of the Reset Rate Notes will be credited with their positions on the Reset Date with respect to positions
held through DTC or on the next Business Day with respect to positions held through the European Clearing Systems. No payment delay to existing Reset Rate Noteholders holding U.S. Dollar-denominated Reset Rate Notes through DTC will occur on the
Reset Date for such Reset Rate Notes denominated in U.S. Dollars during the immediately following Reset Period. 
  
 (f) Each of the Remarketing Agents, in its individual or any other capacity, may buy, sell, hold and deal in the Reset Rate Notes, including, but not
limited to, 

  

 Appendix A-2-13 

 
purchasing any tendered Reset Rate Notes as part of the remarketing process. Any Remarketing Agent that owns a Reset Rate Note may exercise any vote or join
in any action which any beneficial owner of the Reset Rate Notes may be entitled to exercise or take with like effect as if it did not act in any capacity under the Remarketing Agreement or Remarketing Agency Agreement. Any Remarketing Agent, in its
individual capacity, either as principal or agent, may also engage in or have an interest in any financial or other transaction with the Trust, the Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee (in its individual capacity), the Eligible Lender
Trustee (in its individual capacity) or the Administrator as freely as if it did not act in any capacity under the Remarketing Agreement or any Remarketing Agency Agreement. No Reset Rate Noteholder or beneficial owner of any Reset Rate Note will
have any rights or claims against any Remarketing Agent as a result of such Remarketing Agent’s not purchasing any tendered Reset Rate Note, which results in the declaration of a Failed Remarketing. 
  
 (g) Each of the Remarketing Agents will be entitled to receive a fee in
connection with their services rendered for each successful remarketing of the Reset Rate Notes in the amount set forth in the Remarketing Agreement and the related Remarketing Agency Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
Remarketing Agreement, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may change the Remarketing Agents for the Reset Rate Notes for any Reset Period at any time on or before the related Remarketing Terms Determination Date. In addition, the
Administrator will appoint one or more additional Remarketing Agents, if necessary, for a Reset Date when the Reset Rate Notes will be remarketed in a non-U.S. Dollar currency. Furthermore, a Remarketing Agent may resign at any time; provided
that no resignation may become effective on a date that is later than 15 Business Days prior to a Remarketing Terms Determination Date. 
  
 (h) In accordance with Section 2.3(i) of the Administration Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Trust will establish the Remarketing Fee Account as an
asset of the Trust in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Remarketing Agents and the Reset Rate Noteholders. The fees associated with each successful remarketing will be payable directly to the Remarketing Agents from amounts
on deposit from time to time in the Remarketing Fee Account. On each applicable Distribution Date, Available Funds will be deposited into the Remarketing Fee Account, in the priority set forth in Section 2.8(c) of the Administration Agreement, in an
amount up to the Quarterly Funding Amount; provided, that if the amount on deposit in the Remarketing Fee Account, after the payment of any remarketing fees therefrom, exceeds the sum of the Reset Period Target Amount for all Reset Rate Notes, such
excess will be withdrawn on the related Distribution Date, deposited into the Collection Account and included in Available Funds for that Distribution Date. All Investments Earnings on deposit in the Remarketing Fee Account will be withdrawn on the
next Distribution Date, deposited into the Collection Account and included in Available Funds for that Distribution Date. In the event that the fees owed to any Remarketing Agent on a Reset Date exceeds the amount then on deposit in the Remarketing
Fee Account, such shortfall shall be paid from Available Funds on future Distribution Dates in the priority set forth in Section 2.8(n) of the Administration Agreement. The Trust shall also be responsible for certain remarketing costs and expenses
to the extent set forth in Section 3 of the Remarketing Agreement, which shall be paid on each Distribution Date, to the extent of Available Funds, at the priority set forth in Section 2.8(o) of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-2-14 

 Section 13. Eligible Lender Trustee: The Eligible Lender Trustee is hereby authorized and directed
to execute and deliver, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Remarketing Agreement, any Swap Agreements (including the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement), and all Remarketing Agency
Agreements and Supplemental Remarketing Agency Agreements as the Administrator, in writing and from time to time, shall instruct the Eligible Lender Trustee to execute. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable to any party, any third party or
any Noteholder for any such actions taken at the written instruction of the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Eligible Lender Trustee declines or fails to execute or deliver any such document, instrument,
certificate or agreement as instructed by the Administrator, the Administrator is hereby authorized, in its sole discretion, to execute and deliver, not in its individual capacity but solely as Administrator on behalf of the Trust, all such required
documents, instruments, certificates and agreements. The foregoing authorization shall represent a limited power of attorney granted by the Trust to the Administrator to act on its behalf, and the Administrator shall not be liable to any party, any
third party or any Noteholder for any such actions taken in good faith and in accordance with these Reset Rate Note Procedures. 
  

 Appendix A-2-15 

  
 SCHEDULE A 

 
 Schedule of Trust Student Loans 
  
 [See Schedule A to the Bill of Sale 
 (Attachment B to the Sale Agreement)] 
  

 Schedule A-1 

  
 SCHEDULE B 

 
 Location of Trust Student Loan Files 
  
 [See Attachment B to the Servicing Agreement] 
  

 Schedule B-1 

  
 Exhibit A 

 
 [Form of Notes] 
  

 Exhibit A-1 

  
 Exhibit B 

 
 [Form of Note Depository Agreement 
 for U.S. Dollar Denominated Notes] 
  

 Exhibit B-1 

  
 Exhibit C 

 
 [Form of Note Depository Agreement for 
 Notes Denominated in a Currency Other than U.S. Dollars] 
  

 Exhibit C-1Exhibit 4.2

  
 Exhibit 4.2 

 

  
 TRUST AGREEMENT 
  
 among 
  
 SLM FUNDING LLC, 
 as Depositor 
  
 CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 not in its individual capacity but
solely 
 as Eligible Lender Trustee 
  
 and 
  
 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 not in its individual capacity but solely

 as Indenture Trustee 
  
 Dated as of [·] 
  

  

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

			
	 	  	Page

		
	ARTICLE I	  	 
		
	 SECTION 1.1 Definitions and Usage
	  	1
		
	ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION	  	 
		
	 SECTION 2.1 Creation of Trust; Name
	  	1
	 SECTION 2.2 Office
	  	1
	 SECTION 2.3 Purposes and Powers
	  	1
	 SECTION 2.4 Appointment of Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.5 Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.6 Declaration of Trust
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.7 Liability of the Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.8 Title to Trust Property
	  	3
	 SECTION 2.9 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Depositor
	  	3
	 SECTION 2.10 Intentionally Omitted
	  	3
	 SECTION 2.11 Authorization of Depositor
	  	3
		
	ARTICLE III BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP AND EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE	  	 
		
	 SECTION 3.1 Initial Beneficial Ownership
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.2 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.3 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.4 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.5 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.6 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.7 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.8 Corporate Trust Office
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.9 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.10 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.11 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.12 Intentionally Omitted
	  	4
	 SECTION 3.13 The Excess Distribution Certificate
	  	5
		
	ARTICLE IV ACTIONS BY ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE	  	 
		
	 SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to the Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate With Respect to Certain Matters
	  	10
	 SECTION 4.2 Action with Respect to Sale of the Trust Student Loans
	  	10
	 SECTION 4.3 Action with Respect to Bankruptcy
	  	10
	 SECTION 4.4 Restrictions
	  	10

  

 -i- 

			
	 SECTION 4.5 Intentionally Omitted
	  	11
		
	ARTICLE V APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES	  	 
		
	 SECTION 5.1 Application of Trust Funds
	  	11
	 SECTION 5.2 Method of Payment
	  	11
	 SECTION 5.3 No Segregation of Moneys; No Interest
	  	11
	 SECTION 5.4 Reports to the Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Internal Revenue Service and Others
	  	11
	 SECTION 5.5 Intentionally Omitted
	  	11
	 SECTION 5.6 Intentionally Omitted
	  	12
		
	ARTICLE VI AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE	  	 
		
	 SECTION 6.1 General Authority
	  	12
	 SECTION 6.2 General Duties
	  	12
	 SECTION 6.3 Action upon Instruction
	  	12
	 SECTION 6.4 No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions
	  	13
	 SECTION 6.5 No Action Except Under Specified Documents or Instructions
	  	14
	 SECTION 6.6 Restrictions
	  	14
		
	ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE	  	 
		
	 SECTION 7.1 Acceptance of Trusts and Duties
	  	14
	 SECTION 7.2 Intentionally Omitted
	  	15
	 SECTION 7.3 Representations and Warranties
	  	16
	 SECTION 7.4 Reliance; Advice of Counsel
	  	16
	 SECTION 7.5 Not Acting in Individual Capacity
	  	17
	 SECTION 7.6 Eligible Lender Trustee Not Liable for Excess Distribution Certificates or Trust Student Loans
	  	17
	 SECTION 7.7 Eligible Lender Trustee May Own Notes
	  	17
		
	ARTICLE VIII COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY OF ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE	  	 
		
	 SECTION 8.1 Eligible Lender Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
	  	18
	 SECTION 8.2 Payments to the Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	18
	 SECTION 8.3 Indemnity
	  	18
		
	ARTICLE IX TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT	  	 
		
	 SECTION 9.1 Termination of Trust Agreement
	  	18

  

 -ii- 

			
	 ARTICLE X SUCCESSOR ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL
 ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEES
  
	  	 
	 SECTION 10.1 Eligibility Requirements for Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	19
	 SECTION 10.2 Resignation or Removal of Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	19
	 SECTION 10.3 Successor Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	20
	 SECTION 10.4 Merger or Consolidation of Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	20
	 SECTION 10.5 Appointment of Co-Eligible Lender Trustee or Separate Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	21
		
	ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
		
	 SECTION 11.1 Supplements and Amendments
	  	22
	 SECTION 11.2 No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate
	  	23
	 SECTION 11.3 Limitations on Rights of Others
	  	23
	 SECTION 11.4 Notices
	  	23
	 SECTION 11.5 Severability
	  	23
	 SECTION 11.6 Separate Counterparts
	  	24
	 SECTION 11.7 Successors and Assigns
	  	24
	 SECTION 11.8 No Petition
	  	24
	 SECTION 11.9 No Recourse
	  	24
	 SECTION 11.10 Headings
	  	25
	 SECTION 11.11 Governing Law
	  	25

  

			
	 Exhibit A
	  	Form of Excess Distribution Certificate
	 Exhibit B
	  	Form of Certificate of Trust
	 Exhibit C
	  	Form of Transferor Letter
	 Exhibit D-1
	  	Form of Transferee Letter (Non-Rule 144A)
	 Exhibit D-2
	  	Form of Transferee Letter (Rule 144A)
	
	 Appendix A to Trust Agreement

  

 -iii- 

  
 TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of
[·], among SLM FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the Depositor, CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national
banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as the Eligible Lender Trustee, and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as the Indenture Trustee, acting as
the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent hereunder. 
  
 WITNESSETH: 
  
 The Depositor, the Indenture
Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee hereby agree as follows: 
  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 SECTION 1.1 Definitions
and Usage. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Appendix A hereto, which also contains rules as to usage that shall be applicable
herein. 
  
 ARTICLE II  
  
 Organization 
  
 SECTION 2.1 Creation of Trust; Name. There is hereby created a
Trust which shall be known as “SLM Student Loan Trust [·]”, in which name the Eligible Lender Trustee may conduct the business of the
Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued. The Trust shall constitute a statutory trust within the meaning of Section 3801(a) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act for which the Eligible Lender
Trustee has filed a certificate of trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. 
  

SECTION 2.2 Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Eligible Lender Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or at such
other address as the Eligible Lender Trustee may designate by written notice to the Depositor. 
  
 SECTION 2.3 Purposes and Powers. The purpose of the Trust is to engage in the following activities: 
  
 (i) to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Excess Distribution Certificate pursuant to this Agreement and to sell the Notes
in one or more transactions; 
  
 (ii) with the
proceeds of the sale of the Notes, to fund the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Administration Agreement, to fund the Capitalized Interest Account pursuant to Section 2.10(a) of the Administration Agreement, to purchase the Trust
Student Loans pursuant to the Sale Agreement and to make the upfront payment pursuant to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; 
  

 (iii) to Grant the Trust Estate to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, and
to hold, manage and distribute to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate pursuant to the terms of this Agreement any portion of the Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture; 

 
 (iv) to enter into and perform its obligations under the
Basic Documents (including any agreements representing Eligible Repurchase Obligations) to which it is to be a party, including, but not limited to, making the required payments set forth under the Swap Agreements; 
  
 (v) to engage in those activities, including entering into
agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and 
  
 (vi) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents, to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation
of the Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the Noteholders and the others specified in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. 
  

The Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the
other Basic Documents. 
  
 SECTION 2.4 Appointment of
Eligible Lender Trustee. The Depositor hereby appoints the Eligible Lender Trustee as trustee of the Trust, effective as of the date hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein. 
  
 SECTION 2.5 Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate. The
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Eligible Lender Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $100.00. The Eligible Lender Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date hereof,
of the foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the Initial Trust Estate and shall be deposited in the Collection Account. The Depositor shall pay the organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the request of the
Eligible Lender Trustee, promptly reimburse the Eligible Lender Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 2.6 Declaration of Trust. The Eligible Lender Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject
to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the other Basic Documents. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust
constitute a statutory trust under Delaware law and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of such trust. Effective as of the date hereof, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein with
respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust. 
  
 SECTION
2.7 Liability of the Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate. No holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate (in such capacity) shall have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust. 
  

 -2- 

 SECTION 2.8 Title to Trust Property. Legal title to all of the Trust Estate shall be vested
at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be vested in the
Eligible Lender Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be; provided that legal title to the Trust Student Loans shall be vested at all times in the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust. 
  
 SECTION 2.9 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the
Depositor. The Depositor hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Eligible Lender Trustee as follows: 
  
 (a) The Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a Delaware limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,
with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted. 
  
 (b) The Depositor has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Depositor has full power and authority
to sell and assign the property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Trust (or with the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust) and the Depositor has duly authorized such sale and assignment and deposit to the Trust (or to the
Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust) by all necessary action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Depositor by all necessary action. 
  
 (c) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Depositor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. 
  
 (d) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the Certificate of Formation or operating
agreement of the Depositor, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or, to the Depositor’s knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of any court or of any Federal or state
regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties. 
  
 (e) The Depositor agrees for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate that it will comply with each of the
requirements set forth in the Certificate of Formation and its operating agreement. 
  
 SECTION 2.10 Intentionally Omitted.  
  
 SECTION 2.11 Authorization of the Depositor. The Depositor is authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the Issuer, and, after execution, to deliver to the Administrator 

  

 -3- 

 
for filing with the Commission, all documents and forms required to be filed in accordance with applicable law or the rules and regulations prescribed by the
Commission. 
  
 ARTICLE III  
  
 Beneficial Ownership and 
 Excess Distribution Certificate 
  
 SECTION 3.1 Initial Beneficial Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust by the contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and
until the issuance of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust. 
  
 SECTION 3.2 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.3 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.4 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.5 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.6 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.7 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.8 Corporate Trust Office. The Eligible Lender Trustee initially designates Christiana Center/OPS4, 500 Stanton Christiana Road,
Newark, Delaware 19713, as its principal Corporate Trust Office, at which it shall act as Trustee of the Trust. The Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar’s New York office and its authenticating agent’s office are located at:

  
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005

 Attn: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance 
 telephone: (212) 250-2894 
 facsimile: (212) 797-8606 
  
 SECTION 3.9 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.10 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.11 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 SECTION 3.12 Intentionally Omitted. 
  

 -4- 

 SECTION 3.13 The Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 (a) General. The Excess Distribution Certificate shall be issued in
one or more registered, definitive physical certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, in minimum percentage interests of at least 10% and integral multiples of 10% in excess thereof. The Excess Distribution Certificate shall
receive payments as provided in Sections 2.8(p), 2.9(f) and 2.10(a)(ii), as applicable, of the Administration Agreement. The Excess Distribution Certificate shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized
officer of the Eligible Lender Trustee. An Excess Distribution Certificate bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures were affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be valid
and binding obligations of the Trust, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of such Excess Distribution Certificate or did not hold such offices at the
date of authentication and delivery of such Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 (b) Authentication. Concurrently with the sale of the Trust Student Loans to the Trust pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall cause the Excess Distribution Certificate to be executed
on behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of the Depositor, signed by its president or any vice president, without further action by the Depositor. For all purposes hereunder, the Depositor shall be the initial
holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate. No Excess Distribution Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or shall be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Excess Distribution Certificate a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by the Eligible Lender Trustee or JPMorgan Chase Bank, as the Eligible Lender Trustee’s authenticating agent, by manual signature; such authentication
shall constitute conclusive evidence that such Excess Distribution Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Excess Distribution Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication. No further Excess
Distribution Certificates shall be issued except pursuant to paragraph (c) or (d) below. 
  
 (c) Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to paragraph (f) below, an Excess
Distribution Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall provide for the registration of the Excess Distribution Certificate and of transfers and exchanges of the
Excess Distribution Certificate as herein provided. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas shall be the initial Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar. 
  
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of the Excess Distribution Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to paragraph (f) below, the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause JPMorgan Chase Bank as its authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated transferee, a new Excess Distribution Certificate dated the
date of authentication by the Eligible Lender Trustee or any authenticating agent. At the option of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Excess Distribution Certificate may be exchanged for another Excess Distribution Certificate
upon surrender of the Excess Distribution Certificate to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to paragraph (f) below. 
  

 -5- 

 An Excess Distribution Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature (other than for transfers or exchanges to or among any Affiliates of the Depositor) guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial bank or trust company. An Excess Distribution Certificate surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange shall be cancelled and subsequently disposed of by the Eligible Lender Trustee in accordance with its customary practice. 
  

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Excess Distribution Certificate, but the Eligible Lender Trustee or
the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of the Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Eligible Lender
Trustee shall not be required to make and the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of the Excess Distribution Certificate for a period of 15 days preceding any Distribution Date with respect to the
Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 The Excess Distribution
Certificate and any beneficial interest in the Excess Distribution Certificate may not be acquired by (a) employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that are subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) plans described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, including individual retirement accounts described in Section 408(a) of the Code or Keogh plans, or (c) Benefit Plans. By accepting and holding the Excess Distribution Certificate or an interest therein, the holder
thereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan, is not purchasing the Excess Distribution Certificate on behalf of a Benefit Plan and is not using assets of a Plan to purchase the Excess Distribution
Certificate and to have agreed that if the Excess Distribution Certificate is deemed to be a plan asset, the holder thereof will promptly dispose of the Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 (d) Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Excess Distribution Certificate. If (1) the mutilated Excess Distribution
Certificate shall be surrendered to the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, or if the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the Excess Distribution
Certificate, and (2) there shall be delivered to the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar and the Eligible Lender Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and the Trust harmless, then in the absence of
notice that such Excess Distribution Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Eligible Lender Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute and the Eligible Lender Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or
in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Excess Distribution Certificate, a new Excess Distribution Certificate of like tenor. In connection with the issuance of any new Excess Distribution Certificate under this Section, the
Eligible Lender Trustee and the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Excess Distribution
Certificate issued pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute conclusive evidence of 

  

 -6- 

 
ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Excess Distribution Certificate shall be found at any time.

  
 (e) Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of
the Excess Distribution Certificate for registration of transfer, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar and any agent of either of them may treat the Person in whose name the Excess Distribution Certificate
shall be registered in the Excess Distribution Certificate Register as the owner of such Excess Distribution Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions thereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Eligible Lender
Trustee, the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar nor any agent thereof shall be bound by any notice to the contrary. 
  
 (f) Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or
offices or agency or agencies where the Excess Distribution Certificate may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Eligible Lender Trustee in respect of the Excess Distribution
Certificate may be served. 
  
 (g) Appointment of Excess
Distribution Certificate Paying Agent. The Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall make distributions to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate from the amounts received from the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Sections
2.8(p), 2.9(f) and 2.10(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Indenture Trustee (if the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent is not the Indenture Trustee). Any Excess Distribution
Certificate Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to receive such funds from the Indenture Trustee for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Eligible Lender Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Excess
Distribution Certificate Paying Agent if the Eligible Lender Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.
The Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall initially be the Indenture Trustee, and any co-paying agent chosen by the Eligible Lender Trustee and consented to by the Administrator (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The
Indenture Trustee shall be permitted to resign as Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the Eligible Lender Trustee. In the event that the Indenture Trustee shall no longer be the Excess Distribution
Certificate Paying Agent, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust company). The Eligible Lender Trustee shall cause such successor Excess
Distribution Certificate Paying Agent or any additional Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent appointed by the Eligible Lender Trustee to execute and deliver to the Eligible Lender Trustee an instrument in which such successor Excess
Distribution Certificate Paying Agent or additional Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall agree with the Eligible Lender Trustee that as Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent, such successor Excess Distribution Certificate Paying
Agent or additional Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate in trust for the benefit of such holder until such sums shall be paid to such
holder. The Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Eligible Lender Trustee and upon removal of an Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent such Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall

  

 -7- 

 
also return all funds in its possession to the Eligible Lender Trustee. The provisions of Articles VII and VIII of the Indenture shall apply to the Indenture
Trustee also in its role as Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent, for so long as the Indenture Trustee shall act as Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder.
Any reference in this Agreement to the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise. 
  
 (h) Restrictions on Transfer of the Excess Distribution Certificate. (i) The Excess Distribution Certificate may be transferred to any Affiliate of
the Depositor, without any requirement to provide any officer’s certificates or legal opinions that would otherwise be required if such proposed transfer was being made to a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Depositor. 
  
 (ii) Except as provided above, the Excess Distribution
Certificate shall not be sold, pledged, transferred or assigned except as provided below: 
  
 (A) The Excess Distribution Certificate has not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”) or any state securities law. No transfer, sale, pledge or other disposition of the Excess Distribution Certificate or any interest therein shall be made unless such transfer is made pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and effective registration or qualification under applicable state securities laws, or is made in a transaction which does not require such registration or qualification. In the event that a transfer is to be made
without registration or qualification, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall require, in order to assure compliance with such laws, that the prospective transferor and transferee each certify to the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution
Certificate Registrar, the Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed transferor, the Depositor, in writing, the facts surrounding the transfer. Such certifications shall be substantially in the forms of Exhibit C hereto and Exhibit D-1 or D-2
hereto, as applicable. In the event that such a transfer is to be made within two years from the date of the initial issuance of the Excess Distribution Certificate pursuant hereto (other than a transfer as to which the proposed transferee has
provided a certificate in the form of Exhibit D-2), the Eligible Lender Trustee in its sole discretion, may require that there shall also be delivered to the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, the Administrator,
or, if it is not the proposed transferor, the Depositor, at the expense of the transferor, an opinion of counsel that such transfer may be made pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act and such state securities laws. Any such opinion of
counsel shall not be an expense of the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, the Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed transferor, the Depositor. None of the Depositor, the Administrator or the Eligible
Lender Trustee is obligated to register or qualify the Excess Distribution Certificate under the Securities Act or any other securities law or to take any action not otherwise required under this Agreement to permit the transfer of the Excess
Distribution Certificate without registration or qualification. Any such holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate desiring to effect such transfer shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution
Certificate Registrar, the Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed transferor, the 

  

 -8- 

 
Depositor, against any liability that may result if the transfer is not so exempt or is made in accordance with such applicable federal and state laws.

  
 (B) No transfer of the Excess Distribution
Certificate will be registered by the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar unless the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, the Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed
transferor, the Depositor receives a representation from the proposed transferee of the Excess Distribution Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 or D-2, as the case may be, that such transferee is not acquiring the Excess
Distribution Certificate directly or indirectly for, on behalf of or with the assets of a Plan. If any proposed transferee shall become a holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate in violation of these provisions, then the last preceding
permitted transferee shall be restored, to the extent permitted by law, to all rights as holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, retroactive to the date of registration of such transfer of the Excess Distribution Certificate. Neither the
Eligible Lender Trustee nor the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar shall have any liability to any person for any registration or transfer of the Excess Distribution Certificate that is not permitted or for making any payments due on the
Excess Distribution Certificate to the holder thereof or for taking any action with respect to such holder under this Agreement. Any proposed transferee who becomes a holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall agree to indemnify the
Eligible Lender Trustee, the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, any Swap Counterparty, the Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed transferor, the Depositor, against any loss, damage or penalty incurred as a result of the transfer of
the Excess Distribution Certificate to such proposed transferee in violation of such restrictions. 
  
 (C) The prospective transferee shall be aware that the Excess Distribution Certificate shall bear legends referring to the restrictions
contained in sub-clauses (A) and (B) above and by its acceptance of the Excess Distribution Certificate agrees to abide by such restrictions. 
  
 (D) The prospective transferee shall deliver an opinion of counsel addressed to the Eligible Lender Trustee, any Swap Counterparty, the
Administrator, and, if it is not the proposed transferor, the Depositor, to the effect that, (1) as a matter of federal income tax law, such prospective transferee is permitted to accept the transfer of the Excess Distribution Certificate, (2) such
transfer or pledge would not jeopardize the tax treatment of the Trust, (3) such transfer or pledge would not subject the Trust to any entity-level tax, (4) such transfer or pledge would not jeopardize the status of the Notes as debt for all
purposes, and (5) such pledge or transfer would not cause the Trust to be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. 
  
 (E) No pledge or transfer of the Excess Distribution
Certificate shall be effective unless such purchase or transfer is to a single beneficial owner. 
  
 (iii) Any holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, as evidenced by its agreement to accept the rights conferred under the Excess
Distribution Certificate, is hereby deemed to accept all obligations of the Depositor under this Agreement. 
  

 -9- 

  
 ARTICLE IV 

  
 Actions by Eligible Lender Trustee 

 
 SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to the Holder of the Excess
Distribution Certificate With Respect to Certain Matters. With respect to the following matters, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30 days before the taking of such action, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have
notified the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and each of the Rating Agencies in writing of the proposed action and the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall not have notified the Eligible Lender Trustee in writing prior
to the 30th calendar day after such notice is given that it has withheld consent or provided alternative direction: 
  

	 	(a)	the initiation of any material claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of the Trust Student Loans) and the compromise of
any material action, claim or lawsuit brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the aforementioned claims or lawsuits for collection of Trust Student Loans); 

  

	 	(b)	the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any class of Noteholders is required; 

  

	 	(c)	the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in circumstances where the consent of any class of Noteholder is not required and such amendment materially adversely
affects the interests of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate; or 

  

	 	(d)	the amendment of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or any Swap Agreement in circumstances where the consent of any class of Noteholders is required or in circumstances where the
consent of Noteholders is not required but where such amendment materially adversely affects the interests of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate. 

  
 SECTION 4.2 Action with Respect to Sale of the Trust Student Loans. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not have
the power, except upon the written direction of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, to sell the Trust Student Loans after the payment in full of the Notes. 
  
 SECTION 4.3 Action with Respect to Bankruptcy. The Eligible
Lender Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the prior approval of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and the delivery to the Eligible Lender Trustee by the
holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate of a certificate certifying that the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent. 
  
 SECTION 4.4 Restrictions. Neither the Depositor nor the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall
direct the Eligible Lender Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Eligible 

  

 -10- 

 
Lender Trustee under this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3 nor shall the Eligible Lender Trustee be
permitted to follow any such direction, if given. 
  
 SECTION
4.5 Intentionally Omitted.  
  
 ARTICLE V 

  
 Application of Trust Funds; Certain Duties

  
 SECTION 5.1 Application of Trust Funds.

  

	 	(a)	On each Distribution Date, the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent shall distribute to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate any amounts payable in respect of
the Excess Distribution Certificate in accordance with the Administration Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust’s payment to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise
distributable on the Excess Distribution Certificate. 

  
 SECTION 5.2 Method of Payment. Subject to Section 9.1(c), distributions required to be made to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate on any Distribution Date shall be made to the holder of record on the preceding
Record Date either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if such holder shall have provided to the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar
appropriate written instructions signed by two authorized officers, if any, at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution Date, or, if not, by check mailed to such holder at the address of such holder appearing in the Excess Distribution
Certificate Register. 
  
 SECTION 5.3 No Segregation of
Moneys; No Interest. Subject to Section 5.1, moneys received by the Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or the Administration Agreement and may be deposited under such
general conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for any interest thereon. 
  
 SECTION 5.4 Reports to the Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Internal Revenue Service and Others. The Eligible Lender
Trustee shall provide (or cause to be provided) any reports or other information required to be provided to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate pursuant to the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder or other applicable law. In
addition, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall provide (or cause to be provided) any information concerning the Excess Distribution Certificate to the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority as required under the Code, the regulations
promulgated thereunder or other applicable law. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall be entitled to hire an independent accounting firm to perform the functions described in this Section 5.4, the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be paid by
the Depositor. 
  
 SECTION 5.5 Intentionally
Omitted. 
  

 -11- 

 SECTION 5.6 Intentionally Omitted. 
  
 ARTICLE VI  
  
 Authority and Duties of Eligible Lender Trustee 
  
 SECTION 6.1 General Authority. The Eligible Lender Trustee is
authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is to be a party, in
each case, in such form as the Depositor shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the Eligible Lender Trustee’s execution thereof, and, on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee to authenticate and deliver Notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $[·]. The Eligible Lender Trustee is also authorized and directed on behalf of the Trust (i) to acquire and hold legal title to
the Trust Student Loans from the Depositor and (ii) to take all actions required pursuant to Section 3.2(c) of the Administration Agreement and otherwise follow the direction of and cooperate with the Servicer in submitting, pursuing and collecting
any claims to and with the Department with respect to any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments relating to the Trust Student Loans. 
  
 In addition to the foregoing, the Eligible Lender Trustee is authorized to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The
Eligible Lender Trustee is further authorized from time to time to take such action as the Administrator directs or instructs with respect to the Basic Documents and is directed to take such action to the extent that the Administrator is expressly
required pursuant to the Basic Documents to cause the Eligible Lender Trustee to act. 
  
 SECTION 6.2 General Duties. It shall be the duty of the Eligible Lender Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the other
Basic Documents to which the Trust is a party and to administer the Trust in the interest of the Noteholders, any Swap Counterparties and the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement and the other Basic Documents. Without limiting the foregoing, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall on behalf of the Trust file and prove any claim or claims that may exist on behalf of the Trust against the Depositor in connection with any
claims paying procedure as part of an insolvency or a receivership proceeding involving the Depositor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under
the other Basic Documents to the extent the Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement to perform and act or to discharge any duty of the Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder or under any other Basic Document, and the Eligible Lender
Trustee shall not be held liable for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out its obligations under the Administration Agreement. Except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have no
obligation to administer, service or collect the Trust Student Loans or to maintain, monitor or otherwise supervise the administration, servicing or collection of the Trust Student Loans. 
  

 -12- 

 SECTION 6.3 Action upon Instruction. 
  
 (a) [Reserved]. 
  
 (b) The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be required to take any action
hereunder or under any other Basic Document if the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Eligible Lender Trustee or is
contrary to the terms hereof, any other Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law. 
  
 (c) Whenever the Eligible Lender Trustee is unable to determine the appropriate course of action between alternative courses and actions permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or under any other Basic
Document, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate requiring instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and
to the extent the Eligible Lender Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written instruction of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate received, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action to any
Person. If the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it
may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, and
shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction. 
  
 (d) In the event that the Eligible Lender Trustee is unsure as to the application of any provision of this Agreement, any other Basic Document or any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict
with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any determination by the Eligible Lender Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Eligible Lender Trustee is required to take with
respect to a particular set of facts, the Eligible Lender Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate requesting instruction and, to the extent that the
Eligible Lender Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any Person. If the Eligible Lender
Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no
duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the other Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interest of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, and shall have no liability to any
Person for such action or inaction. 
  
 SECTION 6.4 No
Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, service, dispose of or otherwise deal with
the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby to which the Eligible Lender Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or
in any document or written instruction received by the Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3; and no implied duties or obligations shall be 

  

 -13- 

 
read into this Agreement or any other Basic Document against the Eligible Lender Trustee. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing
any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to
record this Agreement or any other Basic Document. The Eligible Lender Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens on any part of the Trust Estate that
result from actions by, or claims against, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association in its individual capacity or as the Eligible Lender Trustee that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate. 
  
 SECTION 6.5 No Action Except under Specified Documents or
Instructions. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to this Agreement,
(ii) in accordance with the other Basic Documents to which it is a party and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3. 
  
 SECTION 6.6 Restrictions. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not
take any action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Eligible Lender Trustee, would result in the Trust’s becoming taxable as a corporation for Federal
income tax purposes. Neither the Depositor nor the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall direct the Eligible Lender Trustee to take action that would violate the provisions of this Section. 
  
 ARTICLE VII  
  
 Concerning the Eligible Lender Trustee 
  
 SECTION 7.1 Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Eligible
Lender Trustee accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Eligible Lender Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it
constituting part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any other Basic Document under any circumstances, except (i)
for its own willful misconduct or negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.3 expressly made by the Eligible Lender Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to
the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence): 
  
 (a) the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made by a responsible officer of the Eligible Lender Trustee; 
  
 (b) the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction or
instructions of the Administrator, the Depositor or the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate; 
  

 -14- 

 (c) no provision of this Agreement or any other Basic Document shall require the Eligible Lender Trustee
to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under any other Basic Document, if the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it; 
  
 (d) under no circumstances shall the Eligible Lender Trustee be liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Basic Documents,
including the principal of and interest on the Notes; 
  
 (e) the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by the Depositor or for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of
the Trust Estate or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Basic Documents, other than the certificate of authentication on the Excess Distribution Certificate, and the Eligible Lender Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any
liability, duty, or obligation to any Noteholder or the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, other than as expressly provided for herein and in the other Basic Documents; 
  
 (f) the Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for the action or inaction, default or misconduct of the Administrator,
the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, any Swap Counterparty, any Swap Agent or any Remarketing Agent under any of the other Basic Documents or otherwise and the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform
the obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the other Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the Servicing
Agreement; and 
  
 (g) the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement, or any other Basic Document, at the request,
order or direction of the Depositor or holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, unless the Depositor or such holder has offered to the Eligible Lender Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities
that may be incurred by the Eligible Lender Trustee therein or thereby. The right of the Eligible Lender Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any other Basic Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act. 
  
 SECTION 7.2 Intentionally Omitted. 
  

 -15- 

 SECTION 7.3 Representations and Warranties. The Eligible Lender Trustee hereby represents
and warrants to the Depositor, for the benefit of the Noteholders and the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, that: 
  
 (a) It is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its governing jurisdiction and has an office located within the State of
Delaware. It has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
  
 (b) It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be executed and
delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf. 
  
 (c) Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor compliance by
it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene any Federal or Delaware state law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Eligible Lender Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it, or
constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound. 
  
 (d) It is and will maintain its status as an “eligible lender” (as
such term is defined in Section 435(d) of the Higher Education Act) for purposes of holding legal title to the Trust Student Loans as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Basic Documents, it has a lender identification number with respect to
the Trust Student Loans from the Department and has and will maintain in effect a Guarantee Agreement with each of the Guarantors with respect to the Trust Student Loans. 
  
 SECTION 7.4 Reliance; Advice of Counsel. 
  
 (a) The Eligible Lender Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, direction,
notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. The Eligible Lender Trustee may accept a
certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or
matter the method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Eligible Lender Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president or by the treasurer or other
authorized officers of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter and such certificate shall constitute full protection to the Eligible Lender Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

  
 (b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder
and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the other Basic Documents, the Eligible Lender Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them and the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Eligible Lender Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel and
accountants to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with 

  

 -16- 

 
the written opinion or advice of any such counsel or accountants and not contrary to this Agreement or any other Basic Document. 
  
 SECTION 7.5 Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as
provided in this Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby created Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association acts solely as Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and all Persons having any claim against the
Eligible Lender Trustee by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Basic Document shall look only to the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof. 
  
 SECTION 7.6 Eligible Lender Trustee Not Liable for Excess Distribution Certificate or Trust Student Loans. The
recitals contained herein and in the Excess Distribution Certificate (other than the signature of and authentication by the Eligible Lender Trustee on the Excess Distribution Certificate) shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor and the
Eligible Lender Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Eligible Lender Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, the Excess Distribution Certificate, or any other Basic Document
(other than the signature of and authentication by the Eligible Lender Trustee on the Excess Distribution Certificate), or the Notes, or of any Trust Student Loan or related documents. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall at no time have any
responsibility (or liability except for willfully or negligently terminating or allowing to be terminated any of the Guarantee Agreements, in a case where the Eligible Lender Trustee knows of any facts or circumstances which will or could reasonably
be expected to result in any such termination) for or with respect to the legality, validity, enforceability and eligibility for Guarantee Payments, federal reinsurance, Interest Subsidy Payments or Special Allowance Payments, as applicable, in
respect of any Trust Student Loan, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate under this Agreement or the Noteholders
under the Indenture, including the existence and contents of any computer or other record of any Trust Student Loan; the validity of the assignment of any Trust Student Loan to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust; the completeness of
any Trust Student Loan; the performance or enforcement (except as expressly set forth in any Basic Document) of any Trust Student Loan; the compliance by the Depositor or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any Basic Document
or in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action or inaction of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Eligible Lender Trustee. 

 
 SECTION 7.7 Eligible Lender Trustee May Own Notes. The
Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer in
banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  

 -17- 

  
 ARTICLE VIII

  
 Compensation and Indemnity of Eligible Lender Trustee

  
 SECTION 8.1 Eligible Lender Trustee’s Fees
and Expenses. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between the Depositor and the Eligible Lender Trustee, and the Eligible
Lender Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Depositor, to the extent provided in such separate agreement, for its other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and independent accountants) hereunder.

  
 SECTION 8.2 Payments to the Eligible Lender
Trustee. Any amounts paid to the Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof or pursuant to Section 9 of the Sale Agreement, Section 4.2 of the Administration Agreement or Section 4.2 of the Servicing Agreement shall be deemed not to
be a part of the Trust Estate immediately after such payment. 
  
 SECTION 8.3 Indemnity. The Depositor shall cause the Administrator to indemnify the Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual capacity and any of its officers, directors, employees and agents as and to the extent provided for
in Section 4.2 of the Administration Agreement. 
  
 ARTICLE IX

  
 Termination of Trust Agreement 
  
 SECTION 9.1 Termination of Trust Agreement. 
  
 (a) This Agreement (other than Article VIII) and the Trust shall terminate
and be of no further force or effect upon (1) the final distribution by the Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent of all moneys or other property or proceeds of the Trust Estate in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Administration Agreement and Article V hereof and (2) the filing of the certificate of cancellation by the Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to section 9.1(b) below. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of the holder of the
Excess Distribution Certificate shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such holder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a partition
or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Estate nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto. 
  
 (b) Except as provided in Section 9.1(a), none of the Depositor, any Noteholder or the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall be entitled to
revoke or terminate the Trust. 
  
 Upon final distribution of any
funds remaining in the Trust, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall file a certificate of cancellation of the Trust’s certificate of trust pursuant to Section 3810(c) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. 
  

 -18- 

  
 ARTICLE X 

 
 Successor Eligible Lender Trustees and 
 Additional Eligible Lender Trustees 
  
 SECTION 10.1 Eligibility Requirements for Eligible Lender Trustee. The Eligible Lender Trustee shall at all times be a corporation or
association (i) qualifying as an “eligible lender” as such term is defined in Section 435(d) of the Higher Education Act for purposes of holding legal title to the Trust Student Loans on behalf of the Trust, with a valid lender
identification number with respect to the Trust Student Loans from the Department; (ii) being authorized to exercise corporate trust powers and hold legal title to the Trust Student Loans; (iii) having in effect Guarantee Agreements with each of the
Guarantors as may be directed by the Depositor; (iv) having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authorities; (v) having its principal place of business in the
State of Delaware and otherwise complying with Section 3807 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act; and (vi) having (or having a parent which has) a rating in respect of its long-term senior unsecured debt of at least “BBB-” (or the
equivalent) by each of the Rating Agencies (or which, if the long-term senior unsecured debt of such corporation or association is not rated by any Rating Agency, shall have provided to the Indenture Trustee written confirmation from such Rating
Agency that the appointment of such corporation or association to serve as Eligible Lender Trustee will not result in and of itself in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of any of the Notes). If the Eligible Lender Trustee shall
publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of the Eligible Lender Trustee shall
be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Eligible Lender Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the
Eligible Lender Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.2. 
  
 SECTION 10.2 Resignation or Removal of Eligible Lender Trustee. The Eligible Lender Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from
the trusts hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Administrator. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Administrator shall promptly appoint a successor Eligible Lender Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements of Section
10.1 by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Eligible Lender Trustee and one copy to the successor Eligible Lender Trustee. If no successor Eligible Lender Trustee shall have been so
appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Eligible Lender Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Eligible Lender Trustee;
provided, however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment of any such successor shall in no event relieve the resigning Eligible Lender Trustee from any obligations otherwise imposed on it under the Basic
Documents until such successor has in fact assumed such appointment. 
  
 If at any time the Eligible Lender Trustee shall cease to be or shall be likely to cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Administrator, or if at
any time an Insolvency Event with respect to the Eligible Lender Trustee shall have occurred and be continuing, then the Administrator may remove the Eligible Lender Trustee. If the Administrator shall remove the Eligible Lender Trustee under the
authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrator shall 

  

 -19- 

 
promptly appoint a successor Eligible Lender Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing
Eligible Lender Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Eligible Lender Trustee, and pay all fees owed to the outgoing Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  
 Any resignation or removal of the Eligible Lender Trustee and appointment of a successor Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this
Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to Section 10.3, payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Eligible Lender Trustee and the filing of a certificate of
amendment to the Trust’s certificate of trust pursuant to Section 3810(b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. The Administrator shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Eligible Lender Trustee and to each of the Rating
Agencies. 
  
 SECTION 10.3 Successor Eligible Lender
Trustee. Any successor Eligible Lender Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Administrator and to its predecessor Eligible Lender Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this
Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Eligible Lender Trustee shall become effective and such successor Eligible Lender Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the
rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Eligible Lender Trustee. The predecessor Eligible Lender Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the
successor Eligible Lender Trustee all documents, statements, moneys and properties held by it under this Agreement and shall assign, if permissible, to the successor Eligible Lender Trustee the lender identification number obtained from the
Department on behalf of the Trust; and the Administrator and the predecessor Eligible Lender Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in
the successor Eligible Lender Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. 
  
 No successor Eligible Lender Trustee shall accept such appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Eligible Lender Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1.

  
 Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Eligible Lender
Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Administrator shall mail notice of the successor of such Eligible Lender Trustee to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating Agencies. If the
Administrator shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Eligible Lender Trustee, the successor Eligible Lender Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Administrator.

  
 SECTION 10.4 Merger or Consolidation of Eligible
Lender Trustee. Any corporation or association into which the Eligible Lender Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or association succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Eligible Lender Trustee, shall, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, be 

  

 -20- 

 
the successor of the Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder; provided that such corporation or association shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1; and
provided further that the Eligible Lender Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation to the Rating Agencies not less than 15 days prior to the effective date thereof. 
  
 SECTION 10.5 Appointment of Co-Eligible Lender Trustee or Separate
Eligible Lender Trustee. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Administrator and
the Eligible Lender Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by the Eligible Lender Trustee, meeting the eligibility requirements of clauses (i) through (iii)
of Section 10.1, to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Eligible Lender Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the Trust Estate, or any
part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Administrator and the Eligible Lender Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall not have
joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, the Eligible Lender Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be required to
meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) of Section 10.1 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.3. 
  
 Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law,
be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions: 
  
 (i) all rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed by the Eligible Lender Trustee and such separate trustee or
co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Eligible Lender Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any
particular act or acts are to be performed, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any
portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, solely at the direction of the Eligible Lender Trustee; 
  
 (ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any
other trustee under this Agreement; and 
  
 (iii)
the Administrator and the Eligible Lender Trustee acting jointly may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee. 
  
 Any notice, request or other writing given to the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its 

  

 -21- 

 
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Eligible
Lender Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to,
the Eligible Lender Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Eligible Lender Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator. 
  
 Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Eligible Lender Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to
the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Eligible Lender Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. 
  
 ARTICLE XI 
  
 Miscellaneous 
  
 SECTION 11.1 Supplements and Amendments. This Agreement may be
amended by the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and the Eligible Lender Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the consent of any of the Noteholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; provided, however,
that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder. 
  
 This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and the Eligible Lender Trustee, with prior
written notice to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of (i) the Class A Noteholders evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes and (ii) the Class B Noteholders evidencing not less than a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Class A Noteholders or Class B
Noteholders, as the case may be; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Trust Student Loans or distributions
that shall be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding Amount of any class of Notes required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of all the outstanding
Noteholders of such class. 
  
 Promptly after the execution of any
such amendment or consent, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Indenture Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.

  

 -22- 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents provided for in this Agreement
or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Eligible Lender Trustee may prescribe. 
  
 Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Eligible Lender Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Eligible Lender
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise. 
  
 SECTION 11.2 No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate. The holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.
The holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect to its undivided beneficial ownership interest therein only in accordance with Section 3.13 of this Agreement. No transfer, by operation of law
or otherwise, of any right, title, or interest of the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate to and in its beneficial ownership interest in the Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any
transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust Estate. 
  
 SECTION 11.3 Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section 2.7, the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the
Eligible Lender Trustee, the Depositor, the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate, the Administrator and, to the extent expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement (other than Section
2.7), whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein. 
  
 SECTION 11.4 Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or
permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the intended recipient or three Business Days after mailing if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid (except that notice to the Eligible
Lender Trustee shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt by the Eligible Lender Trustee), if to the Eligible Lender Trustee, addressed to its Corporate Trust Office with copies to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60 Wall Street, New York,
New York 10005, Attn: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance; if to the Depositor, addressed to SLM Funding LLC, 11600 Sallie Mae Drive, Reston, Virginia 20193, Attention: Legal Department, or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. 
  
 SECTION 11.5 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
  

 -23- 

 SECTION 11.6 Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
  
 SECTION 11.7 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of, the Depositor and its successors, the Eligible Lender Trustee and its successors, each holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate and its successors and permitted assigns, all as herein provided. Any request, notice,
direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a Noteholder or the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate shall bind the successors and assigns of such holder. 
  
 SECTION 11.8 No Petition.  
  
 (a) Neither the Depositor, nor any other holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate (as evidenced by its acceptance of
the Excess Distribution Certificate) will institute against the Trust, at any time, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Excess Distribution
Certificate, the Notes, this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of the Depositor, nor any holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate to file any claim in, or otherwise take any action with
respect to, any insolvency proceeding that was instituted against the Trust by a Person other than the Depositor or such other holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 (b) The Eligible Lender Trustee (not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee), by entering into
this Agreement, the holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate by accepting the Excess Distribution Certificate, and the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby covenant and agree that they will
not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Trust, or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Trust of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, receivership or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings
under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of the Eligible Lender Trustee
to file any claim in, or otherwise take any action with respect to, any insolvency proceeding that was instituted against the Issuer by a Person other than the Eligible Lender Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 11.9 No Recourse. Each holder of the Excess Distribution Certificate by accepting the Excess
Distribution Certificate acknowledges that such holder’s certificate represents beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or obligations of the Depositor, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Eligible Lender
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, any Swap Counterparty, any Swap Agent, any Remarketing Agent or any Affiliate thereof or any officer, director or employee of any thereof and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may
be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Excess Distribution Certificate or the other Basic Documents. 
  

 -24- 

 SECTION 11.10 Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 SECTION 11.11 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws. 
  

 -25- 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties hereto have caused thisTrust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written. 
  

					
	 CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION,
 not in its individual capacity but solely as
 Eligible Lender
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/

	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 
	
	 SLM FUNDING LLC,
 as the Depositor

		
	By:	 	 /s/

	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  

 -26- 

 Acknowledged and agreed as to 
 Section 3.13(c) and Section 3.13(g) 
 of this Trust Agreement 
  

					
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
 not in its individual capacity but solely
 as the initial Excess Distribution
 Certificate Paying Agent

		
	By:	 	 /s/

	 	 	Name:	 	 
	 	 	Title:	 	 

  

 -27- 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

TO THE TRUST AGREEMENT 
  
 [EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE] 
  

 A-1 

  
 EXHIBIT B 

 
 FORM OF 
  
 CERTIFICATE OF TRUST 
 OF 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN 
 TRUST [·] 
  
 This Certificate of Trust of SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·] (the “Trust”) is being duly executed and filed on behalf of the Trust by the undersigned, as trustee, to form a statutory trust under the Delaware
Statutory Trust Statute (12 Del. C. § 3801 et seq.) (the “Act”). 
  
 1. Name. The name of the statutory trust formed by this Certificate of Trust is SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·].

  
 2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of
the eligible lender trustee of the Trust in the State of Delaware are the Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Christiana Center/OPS4/3rd Floor, Newark, Delaware 19713. Attn:
Institutional Trust Services. 
  
 3. Effective Date. This
Certificate of Trust shall be effective upon filing. 
  
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act. 
  

			
	 CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA,
 NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, not in its
 individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 B-1 

  
 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF TRANSFEROR LETTER] 
  
 [Date] 
  
 Sallie Mae, Inc. 
 as Administrator 
 11600
Sallie Mae Drive 
 Reston, Virginia 20193 
  
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 as Excess Distribution Certificate
Registrar 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance 
  
 Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association 
 as Eligible Lender Trustee

 Christiana Center/OPS4 
 500 Stanton Christiana Road

 Newark, Delaware 19713 
  

	Re:	SLM Student Loan Trust [·], 

 Excess Distribution Certificate (the “Certificate”) 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our disposition of the above Certificate, we certify that (a) we understand that the Certificate has not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and is being disposed by us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (b) we have not offered or sold the Certificate to, or
solicited offers to buy the Certificate from, any person, or otherwise approached or negotiated with any person with respect thereto, in a manner that would be deemed, or taken any other action would result in, a violation of Section 5 of the
Securities Act. 
  
 Very truly yours, 
  

			
	 
	[Print Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Officer

  

 C-1 

  
 EXHIBIT D-1 

[FORM OF TRANSFEREE LETTER (NON-RULE 144A)] 
  
 [Date] 
  
 Sallie Mae, Inc. 
 as Administrator 
 11600 Sallie Mae
Drive 
 Reston, Virginia 20193 
  
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 as Excess Distribution Certificate
Registrar 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance 
  
 Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association 
 as Eligible Lender Trustee

 Christiana Center/OPS4 
 500 Stanton Christiana Road

 Newark, Delaware 19713 
  

	Re:	SLM Student Loan Trust [·], 

 Excess Distribution Certificate (the “Certificate”) 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our acquisition of the above Certificate, we certify that (a) we understand that the Certificate is not being registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and is being transferred to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any such laws, (b) we are
an institutional “accredited investor,” as defined in Rule 501 (a) (1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or an entity in which all of the equity owners come within such paragraphs, and have such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investments in the Certificate, (c) we have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Depositor concerning the purchase
of the Certificate and all matters relating thereto or any additional information deemed necessary to our decision to purchase the Certificate, (d) we are not acquiring the Certificate for, on behalf of or with the assets of, an employee benefit
plan or other retirement arrangement (a “Plan”) which is subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
“Code”), (e) we are acquiring the Certificate for investment for our own account and not with a view to any distribution of the Certificate (but without prejudice to our right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of the Certificate in
accordance with clause (g) below), (f) we have not offered or sold the Certificate to, or solicited offers to buy the Certificate 

  

 D-1-1 

 
from, any person, or otherwise approached or negotiated with any person with respect thereto, or taken any other action which would result in a violation of
Section 5 of the Securities Act, and (g) we will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Certificate unless (1) such sale, transfer or other disposition is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or is
exempt from such registration requirements, and if requested, we will at our expense provide an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the addressees of this Letter that such sale, transfer or other disposition may be made pursuant to an exemption from
the Securities Act, (2) the purchaser or transferee of such Certificate has executed and delivered to you a certificate to substantially the same effect as this certificate and (3) the purchaser or transferee has otherwise complied with any
conditions for transfer set forth in the Trust Agreement relating to the Certificate. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 
	 [Print Name of Transferee]

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Officer

  

 D-1-2 

  
 EXHIBIT D-2 

[FORM OF TRANSFEREE LETTER (RULE 144A)] 
  
 [Date] 
  
 Sallie Mae, Inc. 
 as Administrator 
 11600
Sallie Mae Drive 
 Reston, Virginia 20193 
  
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 as Excess Distribution Certificate
Registrar 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Corporate Trust – Structured Finance 
  
 Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association 
 as Eligible Lender Trustee

 Christiana Center/OPS4 
 500 Stanton Christiana Road

 Newark, Delaware 19713 
  

	Re:	SLM Student Loan Trust [·], 

	 	Excess Distribution Certificate (the “Certificate”) 

  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 In connection with our acquisition of the above Certificate, we certify that (a) we understand that the Certificate is not being registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities laws and is being transferred to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any such laws, (b) we have
such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investments in the Certificate, (c) we have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Depositor
concerning the purchase of the Certificate and all matters relating thereto or any additional information deemed necessary to our decision to purchase the Certificate, (d) we are not acquiring the Certificate for, on behalf of or with the assets of,
an employee benefit plan or other retirement arrangement (a “Plan”) which is subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and/or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the “Code”), (e) we have not, nor has anyone acting on our behalf offered, transferred, pledged, sold or otherwise disposed of the Certificate, any interest in the Certificate or any other similar security to, or
solicited any offer to buy or accept a transfer, pledge or other disposition of the Certificate, any interest in the Certificate or any other similar security from, or otherwise approached or negotiated with respect to the Certificate, any interest
in the Certificate or any other similar security with, any person in any manner, or made any general solicitation by means 

  

 D-2-1 

 
of general advertising or in any other manner, or taken any other action, that would constitute a distribution of the Certificate under the Securities Act or
that would render the disposition of the Certificate a violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act or require registration pursuant thereto, nor will act, nor has authorized or will authorize any person to act, in such manner with respect to the
Certificate, (f) we are a “qualified institutional buyer” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and have completed either of the forms of certification to that effect attached hereto as Annex
1 or Annex 2. We are aware that the sale to us is being made in reliance on Rule 144A. We are acquiring the Certificate for our own account or for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and further understand that the Certificate may be resold, pledged or
transferred only (1) to a person reasonably believed to be a qualified institutional buyer that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being
made in reliance on Rule 144A, or (ii) pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	 
	 [Print Name of Transferee]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Officer

  

 D-2-2 

  
 ANNEX 1 
 QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE 144A 
  
 [For Transferees Other Than Registered Investment Companies] 
  
 The undersigned (the “Buyer”) hereby certifies as follows to the parties listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Letter to which this certification
relates with respect to the Certificate described therein: 
  

	 	1.	As indicated below, the undersigned is the President, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President or other executive officer of the Buyer. 

  

	 	2.	In connection with purchases by the Buyer, the Buyer is a “qualified institutional buyer” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(“Rule 144A”) because (i) the Buyer owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis
$                        1 in securities (except for the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A and (ii) the
Buyer satisfies the criteria in the category marked below. 

  

	 	 ̈	Corporation, etc. The Buyer is a corporation (other than a bank, savings and loan association or similar institution), Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership,
or charitable organization described in Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

  

	 	 ̈	Bank. The Buyer (a) is a national bank or banking institution organized under the laws of any State, territory or the District of Columbia, the business of which is
substantially confined to banking and is supervised by the State or territorial banking commission or similar official or is a foreign bank or equivalent institution, and (b) has an audited net worth of at least $25,000,000 as demonstrated in its
latest annual financial statements, a copy of which is attached hereto. 

  

	 	 ̈	Savings and Loan. The Buyer (a) is a savings and loan association, building and loan association, cooperative bank, homestead association or similar institution, which is
supervised and examined by a State or Federal authority having supervision over any such institutions or is a foreign savings and loan association or equivalent institution and (b) has an audited net worth of at least $25,000,000 as demonstrated in
its latest annual financial statements, a copy of which is attached hereto. 

	1	Buyer must own and/or invest on a discretionary basis at least $100,000,000 in securities unless Buyer is a dealer, and, in that case, Buyer must own and/or invest
on a discretionary basis at least $10,000,000 in securities. 

  

 Annex 1-1 

	 	 ̈	Broker-dealer. The Buyer is a dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

  

	 	 ̈	Insurance Company. The Buyer is an insurance company whose primary and predominant business activity is the writing of insurance or the reinsuring of risks underwritten by
insurance companies and which is subject to supervision by the insurance commissioner or a similar official or agency of a State, territory or the District of Columbia. 

  

	 	 ̈	State or Local Plan. The Buyer is a plan established and maintained by a State, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of the State or its political
subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees. 

  

	 	 ̈	ERISA Plan. The Buyer is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 

  

	 	 ̈	Investment Advisor. The Buyer is an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. 

  

	 	 ̈	Small Business Investment Company. The Buyer is a small business investment company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the
Small Business Investment Act of 1958. 

  

	 	 ̈	Business Development Company. The Buyer is a business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. 

 

	 	 ̈	Qualified Institutional Buyers. The Buyer owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis less than $100,000,000, but it is an entity in which all of the equity owners are
qualified institutional buyers. 

  

	 	3.	The term “securities” as used herein does not include (i) securities of issuers that are affiliated with the Buyer, (ii) securities that are part of an
unsold allotment to or subscription by the Buyer, if the Buyer is a dealer, (iii) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. or any instrumentality thereof, (iv) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit, (v) loan participations, (vi)
repurchase agreements, (vii) securities owned but subject to a repurchase agreement and (viii) currency, interest rate and commodity swaps. 

  

	 	4.	 For purposes of determining the aggregate amount of securities owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis by the Buyer, the Buyer used the cost of such
securities to the Buyer and did not include any of the securities referred to in the preceding paragraph, except (i) where the Buyer reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market value, and (ii) no current
information with respect to the cost of those securities has been published. If clause (ii) in the preceding sentence applies, the securities may be valued at market. Further, in determining such aggregate amount, the Buyer may have included
securities owned by subsidiaries of the Buyer, but only if such 

  

 Annex 1-2 

	 	 
subsidiaries are consolidated with the Buyer in its financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and if the
investments of such subsidiaries are managed under the Buyer’s direction. However, such securities were not included if the Buyer is a majority-owned, consolidated subsidiary of another enterprise and the Buyer is not itself a reporting company
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  

	 	5.	The Buyer acknowledges that it is familiar with Rule 144A and understands that the seller to it and other parties related to the Certificate are relying and will continue to rely on
the statements made herein because one or more sales to the Buyer may be in reliance on Rule 144A. 

  

	 	6.	Until the date of purchase of the Rule 144A Securities, the Buyer will notify each of the parties to which this certification is made of any changes in the information and
conclusions herein. Until such notice is given, the Buyer’s purchase of the Certificate will constitute a reaffirmation of this certification as of the date of such purchase. In addition, if the Buyer is a bank or savings and loan is provided
above, the Buyer agrees that it will furnish to such parties updated annual financial statements promptly after they become available. 

			
	
	 
	 [Print Name of Transferee]

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 Date:
                                       
 

  

 Annex 1-3 

  
 ANNEX 2 
 QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER STATUS UNDER SEC RULE 144A 
  
 [For Transferees That are Registered Investment Companies] 
  
 The undersigned (the “Buyer”) hereby certifies as follows to the parties listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Letter to which this certification
relates with respect to the Certificate described therein: 
  

	 	1.	As indicated below, the undersigned is the President, Chief Financial Officer or Senior Vice President of the Buyer or, if the Buyer is a “qualified institutional buyer”
as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”) because Buyer is part of a Family of Investment Companies (as defined below), is such an officer of the Adviser. 

  

	 	2.	In connection with purchases by Buyer, the Buyer is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in SEC Rule 144A because (i) the Buyer is an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (ii) as marked below, the Buyer alone, or the Buyer’s Family of Investment Companies, owned at least $100,000,000 in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as
of the end of the Buyer’s most recent fiscal year. For purposes of determining the amount of securities owned by the Buyer or the Buyer’s Family of Investment Companies, the cost of such securities was used, except (i) where the Buyer or
the Buyer’s Family of Investment Companies reports its securities holdings in its financial statements on the basis of their market value, and (ii) no current information with respect to the cost of those securities has been published. If
clause (ii) in the preceding sentence applies, the securities may be valued at market. 

  

	 	 ̈	The Buyer owned $             in securities (other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end
of the Buyer’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A). 

  

	 	 ̈	The Buyer is part of a Family of Investment Companies which owned in the aggregate $             in securities
(other than the excluded securities referred to below) as of the end of the Buyer’s most recent fiscal year (such amount being calculated in accordance with Rule 144A). 

  

	 	3.	The term “Family of Investment Companies” as used herein means two or more registered investment companies (or series thereof) that have the same investment adviser
or investment advisers that are affiliated (by virtue of being majority owned subsidiaries of the same parent or because one investment adviser is a majority owned subsidiary of the other). 

  

 Annex 2-1 

	 	4.	The term “securities” as used herein does not include (i) securities of issuers that are affiliated with the Buyer or are part of the Buyer’s Family of
Investment Companies, (ii) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. or any instrumentality thereof, (iii) bank deposit notes and certificates of deposit, (iv) loan participations, (v) repurchase agreements, (vi) securities owned but subject to a
repurchase agreement and (vii) currency, interest rate and commodity swaps. 

  

	 	5.	The Buyer is familiar with Rule 144A and understands that the parties listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Letter to which this certification relates are relying and will continue to
rely on the statements made herein because one or more sales to the Buyer will be in reliance on Rule 144A. In addition, the Buyer will only purchase for the Buyer’s own account. 

  

	 	6.	Until the date of purchase of the Certificate, the undersigned will notify the parties listed in the Rule 144A Transferee Letter to which this certification relates of any changes
in the information and conclusions herein. Until such notice is given, the Buyer’s purchase of the Certificate will constitute a reaffirmation of this certification by the undersigned as of the date of such purchase.

			
	
	 
	 Print Name of Buyer or Adviser

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	 [IF AN ADVISER:]

	
	 
	 Print Name of Buyer

	
	 Date:
                                    

  

 Annex 2-2 

  
 EXCESS DISTRIBUTION
CERTIFICATE 
 [SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS] 
  

			
	No. 1	  	100% Percentage Interest

  
 THIS EXCESS
DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE DOES NOT EVIDENCE AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, AND IS NOT GUARANTEED BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE SERVICER, ANY SWAP COUNTERPARTY, ANY SWAP AGENT, ANY REMARKETING AGENT,
THE ADMINISTRATOR OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ASSIGNEES. THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY ANY PRIVATE INSURER. 
  
 THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY UNITED STATES SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CERTIFICATE, AGREES FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE TRUST THAT THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION D, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTION, OR (III) TO A PERSON IN A
TRANSACTION THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR THAT IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION
CERTIFICATE, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE ADMINISTRATOR AND THE ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE THAT: IT IS EITHER A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1)-(3) AND (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR AN ENTITY IN WHICH ALL THE EQUITY OWNERS COME WITHIN SUCH PARAGRAPHS, OR THAT ITS PURCHASE OF THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE IS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS, AND THAT IT IS HOLDING THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION
CERTIFICATE FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION. 
  

 1 

 NO TRANSFER OF THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE WILL BE REGISTERED (EXCEPT TO AN AFFILIATE OF THE
DEPOSITOR) UNLESS THERE IS PROVIDED A REPRESENTATION SATISFACTORY TO THE ELIGIBLE LENDER TRUSTEE THAT THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE IS NOT BEING ACQUIRED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FOR, ON BEHALF OF OR WITH THE ASSETS OF, AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
OR OTHER RETIREMENT ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (EACH A “PLAN”). 
  
 THIS EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW). THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. 
  

 2 

  
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST
[·] 
 EXCESS DISTRIBUTION CERTIFICATE

  
 evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, as defined below, the
property of which includes a pool of student loans sold to the Trust by SLM Funding LLC on the Closing Date. 
  
 (This Excess Distribution Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of SLM Funding LLC, the Servicer (as defined below), the Eligible Lender Trustee (as defined below) or any of their respective
affiliates, except to the extent described below.) 
  
 THIS
CERTIFIES THAT SLM Funding LLC is the registered owner of a 100% percentage interest in this Excess Distribution Certificate. The SLM Student Loan Trust [·] (the “Trust”) was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware by SLM Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Depositor”). The Trust was created pursuant to a trust agreement, dated as of
[·] (the “Trust Agreement”), between the Depositor, Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, not
in its individual capacity but solely as eligible lender trustee on behalf of the Trust (the “Eligible Lender Trustee”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as
the indenture trustee, acting as the initial Excess Distribution Certificate Paying Agent (the “Indenture Trustee”), a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined herein,
the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in Appendix A to the Trust Agreement. 
  
 Issued under the Indenture, dated as of [·], among
the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee, are Notes designated as “Student Loan-Backed Notes” (the “Notes”). This Excess Distribution Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of the Trust includes a pool of student loans
(the “Trust Student Loans”), all moneys paid thereunder on or after [·], certain bank accounts and the proceeds thereof and certain other
rights under the Trust Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, the Initial Interest Rate Swap Agreement, and all
proceeds of the foregoing. 
  
 To the extent of funds available
therefor, amounts owing hereon will be distributed on the 25th day of each January, April, July and October (or, if such 25th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) (each a “Distribution Date”), commencing
[·], to the person in whose name this Excess Distribution Certificate is registered as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding
the Distribution Date (such day the “Record Date”), in each case to the extent of such holder’s fractional and undivided interest in the amount to be distributed hereon on such Distribution Date pursuant to Sections 2.8(p), 2.9(f) and
2.10(a)(ii) of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 3 

 The holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its rights to receive
distributions in respect of this Excess Distribution Certificate are subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders and any Swap Counterparties as described in the Basic Documents. 
  
 It is the intent of the Depositor, and the holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate that, for purposes of Federal,
state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes, (a) the Notes will be treated as newly-issued debt of the Trust, (b) the holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate will be treated as owning all of the assets, and as assuming all
of the liabilities (albeit on a non-recourse basis), of the Trust and (c) such holder will be attributed all of the income, deductions, credits and other tax attributes of the Trust. The holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate agrees to
report all relevant items on its tax return consistent with, and to take no action inconsistent with, the intended treatment indicated in the preceding sentence for such tax purposes. 
  
 The holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate, by its acceptance of this Excess Distribution Certificate, covenants and
agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Trust, or join in any institution against the Depositor or the Trust of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, receivership or liquidation proceedings, or
other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to this Excess Distribution Certificate, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the other Basic Documents. 

 
 Distributions on this Excess Distribution Certificate will be made as
provided in the Administration Agreement to the holder of record hereof without the presentation or surrender of this Excess Distribution Certificate or the making of any notation hereon. Except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and
notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Excess Distribution Certificate will be made after due notice by the Administrator of the pendency of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Excess Distribution
Certificate at the office or agency maintained for the purpose by the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Excess Distribution Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof,
which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by an authorized officer of the Eligible Lender Trustee or its authenticating
agent, by manual signature, this Excess Distribution Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement or the Administration Agreement or be valid for any purpose. 
  

 4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not in its individual capacity
has caused this Excess Distribution Certificate to be duly executed as of the date set forth below. 
  

			
	 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST [·]

	By: CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 Date: [·] 
  

 5 

  
 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION 
  
 This is the Excess Distribution
Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust Agreement. 
  

			
	CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

	
	 OR

	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, solely in its capacity as Authenticating Agent for the Eligible Lender Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 Date: [·] 
  

 6 

 [Reverse of Excess Distribution Certificate] 
  
 This Excess Distribution Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or
an interest in, the Depositor, Sallie Mae, Inc., as servicer (in such capacity, the “Servicer”), Sallie Mae, Inc., as administrator (in such capacity, the “Administrator”), the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, any
Swap Counterparty, any Swap Agent, any Remarketing Agent or any Affiliates of any of them, and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated herein, in the Trust Agreement or in the
other Basic Documents. In addition, this Excess Distribution Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections with respect to the Trust Student Loans, all as more
specifically set forth in the Administration Agreement. A copy of each of the Trust Agreement, the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, any Swap Agreement, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement,
the Remarketing Agreement and the Indenture may be examined during normal business hours at the principal office of the Administrator, and at such other places, if any, designated by the Administrator, by the holder of this Excess Distribution
Certificate upon request. 
  
 The Trust Agreement permits, with
certain exceptions therein provided, the amendment thereof and the certification of the rights and obligations of the Depositor and the rights of the holders of this Excess Distribution Certificate under the Trust Agreement at any time by the
Depositor and the Eligible Lender Trustee with the consent of the holders of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, each voting as a class evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding principal balance of each class of the Notes. The
Trust Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without the consent of the Noteholders. 
  
 As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Excess Distribution Certificate is
registerable in the Excess Distribution Certificate Register upon surrender of this Excess Distribution Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies maintained by the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, or by any
successor Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Excess Distribution Certificate
Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon a new Excess Distribution Certificate will be issued to the designated transferee. 
  
 As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, this Excess Distribution Certificate is exchangeable for a new Excess Distribution Certificate as requested by the holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Eligible Lender Trustee or the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
  
 The Eligible Lender Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Excess
Distribution Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this Excess Distribution Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and 

  

 7 

 
none of the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

  
 This Excess Distribution Certificate (including any beneficial
interest herein) may not be acquired by or for the account of (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or a Keogh plan or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s
investment in the entity (each, a “Benefit Plan”). By accepting and holding this Excess Distribution Certificate, the holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan, it is not purchasing this
Excess Distribution Certificate on behalf of a Benefit Plan, is not using assets of a Benefit Plan to purchase this Excess Distribution Certificate and to have agreed that if this Excess Distribution Certificate is deemed to be a plan asset, the
holder will promptly dispose of this Excess Distribution Certificate. 
  
 The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Noteholders, any Swap Counterparty and the holder of this Excess Distribution Certificate of all amounts
required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Indenture and the disposition of all property held as part of the Trust. The Servicer may at its option purchase the corpus of the Trust at a price
specified in the Administration Agreement; however, such right of purchase is exercisable only on any Distribution Date on or after the later of the [·] Distribution Date or the first Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance is less than or equal to [·] % of the Initial Pool Balance.
Any Trust Student Loans remaining in the Trust as of the later of the end of the Collection Period for the [·] Distribution Date or the end of the
Collection Period immediately preceding the Trust Auction Date may be offered for sale by the Indenture Trustee by auction in accordance with the procedure described in the Indenture. 
  
 This Excess Distribution Certificate shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws. 
  

 8 

 ASSIGNMENT 
  

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 
  
 PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY 
 OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER 
 OF ASSIGNEE 
  
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                    
 (Please print or type name and
address, including postal zip code, of assignee) 
  
                                       
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        
                    
 the within Excess Distribution
Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing 
  

			
	 	 	Attorney
	to transfer said Excess Distribution Certificate on the books of the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.	 	 

  
 Dated: 
  

			
		
	  	 	*
	* Signature Guaranteed:	 	 
		
	  	 	*
	 	 	 

  

	*	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within the Excess Distribution Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatever. Such signature must be guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange or a commercial bank or trust company. 

  

 9

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00076-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00076-of-00352.parquet"}]]